PRIORITY HEALTHCARE CORP
S-8, 1998-12-30
DRUGS, PROPRIETARIES & DRUGGISTS' SUNDRIES
Previous: FLEMING CAPITAL MUTUAL FUND GROUP INC, 497, 1998-12-30
Next: GOLDEN STATE PETROLEUM TRANSPORT CORP, 8-K, 1998-12-30



As filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on December 30, 1998                      Registration  No.
333-____
________________________________________________________________________________

                  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                      WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549
                      ______________________

                             FORM S-8
                      REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                               UNDER
                    THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                      _______________________

                  PRIORITY HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
      (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                       INDIANA                              35-1927379
        (State or other jurisdiction
(I.R.S. Employer
                of incorporation or organization)
Identification No.)


              285 WEST CENTRAL PARKWAY                         32714
         ALTAMONTE SPRINGS, FLORIDA              (Zip Code)
  (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


                            PROFIT SHARING PLAN OF
                PRIORITY HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND AFFILIATES
                                     (Full title of the plan)

                                    ROBERT L. MYERS
                         PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
              285 WEST CENTRAL PARKWAY, ALTAMONTE SPRINGS, FLORIDA 32714
                              (Name and address of agent for service)

                                    (407) 869-7001
                   (Telephone   number,  including  area  code,  of  agent  for
service)

                             COPY TO:
                                  JAMES A. ASCHLEMAN
                                    BAKER & DANIELS
                         300 NORTH MERIDIAN STREET, SUITE 2700
                              INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA 46204
                                    (317) 237-0300

                  CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 TITLE OF SECURITIES   AMOUNT TO BE    PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
    TO REGISTERED     REGISTERED (1)  OFFERING PRICE PER  AGGREGATE OFFERING  REGISTRATION FEE
                                           SHARE (2)           PRICE (2)
<S>                  <C>              <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Class B Common            500,000          $33.9375           $16,968,750         $4,717.31
Stock,
$0.01 par value
</TABLE>

(1) Pursuant to Rule 416(c) under  the  Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities
    Act"), this Registration Statement also  covers  an indeterminate amount of
    interests  to  be  offered  or sold pursuant to the employee  benefit  plan
    described herein.  Pursuant to  Rule 457(h)(2) under the Securities Act, no
    separate fee is required to register such interest.

(2) Estimated  solely for purposes of  calculating  the  registration  fee  and
    computed in  accordance  with  Rule 457(c) and (h) under the Securities Act
    using the average of the high and  low  sale  prices  of the Class B Common
    Stock  as  reported by the NASDAQ National Market System  on  December  22,
    1998, which was $33.9375 per share.
<PAGE>
                              PART I

         INFORMATION REQUIRED IN SECTION 10(A) PROSPECTUS

ITEM 1.  PLAN INFORMATION*

ITEM 2.  REGISTRANT INFORMATION AND EMPLOYEE PLAN ANNUAL
INFORMATION*

     *Information  required  by Part I of Form S-8 to be contained in
the  Section  10(a)  Prospectus is  omitted  from  this  Registration
Statement in accordance  with  Rule  428 under the Securities Act and
the Note to Part I of Form S-8.


                              PART II

        INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE.

     The following documents heretofore  filed by Priority Healthcare
Corporation  (the  "Registrant")  with  the Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  are  incorporated  by  reference   in  this  Registration
Statement:

     (1)  The Registrant's Annual Report on Form  10-K for the fiscal
          year ended December 31, 1997;

     (2)  The  Registrant's Quarterly Reports on Form  10-Q  for  the
          quarters  ended March 31, 1998, June 30, 1998 and September
          30, 1998; and

     (3)  The description  of  the  Registrant's Class B Common Stock
          contained  in the Registrant's  Registration  Statement  on
          Form 8-A filed  with the Securities and Exchange Commission
          on October 22, 1997,  including  any  amendment  or  report
          filed for the purpose of updating such description.

     In  addition, all documents subsequently filed by the Registrant
or the Profit  Sharing  Plan  of  Priority Healthcare Corporation and
Affiliates (the "Plan") pursuant to  Sections  13(a),  13(c),  14 and
15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as amended (the
"Exchange  Act"),  prior to the filing of a post-effective  amendment
which indicates that  all securities offered hereby have been sold or
which  deregisters  all  securities  offered  hereby  then  remaining
unsold, shall be deemed to  be  incorporated  by  reference  in  this
Registration  Statement and to be a part hereof from their respective
dates of filing.

     The Registrant  will  promptly  provide  without  charge to each
person  to  whom  a  prospectus  is  delivered  a copy of any or  all
information  that  has  been  incorporated herein by  reference  (not
including  exhibits  to  the  information  that  is  incorporated  by
reference  unless  such exhibits  are  specifically  incorporated  by
reference into such  information) upon the written or oral request of
such person directed to  the  Vice President of Administration of the
Registrant  at  its  principal offices,  285  West  Central  Parkway,
Altamonte Springs, Florida 32714, telephone (407) 869-7001.

ITEM 4.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES.

     Not Applicable.

ITEM 5.  INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL.

     Not Applicable.

ITEM 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

     The  Indiana  Business   Corporation   Law   provides   that   a
corporation,  unless  limited  by  its  Articles of Incorporation, is
required to indemnify its directors and officers  against  reasonable
expenses  incurred  in  the  successful defense of any proceeding  to
which the director or officer  was  a  party  because of serving as a
director or officer of the corporation.

     As  permitted  by  the  Indiana  Business Corporation  Law,  the
Registrant's   Restated   Articles  of  Incorporation   provide   for
indemnification  of  directors,   officers   and   employees  of  the
Registrant against any and all liability and reasonable  expense that
may  be incurred by them, arising out of any claim or action,  civil,
criminal,  administrative  or investigative, in which they may become
involved by reason of being  or  having  been a director, officer, or
employee.  To be entitled to indemnification, those persons must have
been  wholly  successful  in  the claim or action  or  the  Board  of
Directors must have determined  that such persons acted in good faith
in what they reasonably believed  to  be  the  best  interests of the
Registrant  (or at least not opposed to its best interests)  and,  in
addition, in  any  criminal  action,  had reasonable cause to believe
their conduct was lawful (or had no reasonable  cause to believe that
their conduct was unlawful).

     In  addition,  the  Registrant  has a directors'  and  officers'
liability  and  company  reimbursement policy  that  insures  against
certain liabilities, including  liabilities under the Securities Act,
subject to applicable retentions.

ITEM 7.  EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED.

     Not Applicable.

ITEM 8.  EXHIBITS.

     The list of Exhibits is incorporated  herein by reference to the
     Index to Exhibits.

     The  Registrant hereby undertakes that it  will  submit  or  has
submitted the  Plan and any amendment thereto to the Internal Revenue
Service ("IRS")  in  a  timely  manner  and has made or will make all
changes  required  by  the  IRS in order to qualify  the  Plan  under
Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

     (1)  To file, during any  period  in  which  offers or sales are
          being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
          statement:

          (i)  To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3)
               of the Securities Act of 1933;

          (ii) To  reflect  in  the  prospectus any facts  or  events
               arising after the effective  date  of the registration
               statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment
               thereof)  which,  individually  or  in the  aggregate,
               represent a fundamental change in the  information set
               forth in the registration statement;

          (iii)To  include any material information with  respect  to
               the plan  of  distribution not previously disclosed in
               the registration  statement  or any material change to
               such information in the registration statement;

          Provided, however, that paragraphs  (1)(i)  and  (1)(ii) do
          not apply if the information required to be included  in  a
          post-effective  amendment  by those paragraphs is contained
          in  periodic  reports  filed  with   or  furnished  to  the
          Commission  by the registrant pursuant  to  section  13  or
          section 15(d)  of  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that
          are  incorporated  by   reference   in   the   registration
          statement.

     (2)  That,  for  the purpose of determining any liability  under
          the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  each  such  post-effective
          amendment   shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  new  registration
          statement relating  to  the securities offered therein, and
          the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed
          to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (3)  To remove from registration  by  means  of a post-effective
          amendment  any  of  the  securities being registered  which
          remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

     The undersigned registrant hereby  undertakes that, for purposes
of determining any liability under the Securities  Act  of 1933, each
filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or
section  15(d)  of  the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and,  where
applicable, each filing of  an  employee benefit plan's annual report
pursuant to section 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 1934)
that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall
be  deemed  to  be  a  new  registration  statement  relating  to the
securities  offered  therein, and the offering of such securities  at
that time shall be deemed  to  be  the  initial  bona  fide  offering
thereof.

     Insofar  as  indemnification  for liabilities arising under  the
Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted  to  directors,  officers and
controlling  persons  of  the  registrant  pursuant  to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the
opinion    of   the   Securities   and   Exchange   Commission   such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
is,  therefore,  unenforceable.   In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification against  such  liabilities (other than the payment by
the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted  by such director, officer or
controlling   person   in  connection  with  the   securities   being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a
court   of   appropriate   jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification by it is against  public  policy  as expressed in the
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
<PAGE>
                            SIGNATURES

     THE REGISTRANT.  Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities
Act,  the  Registrant  certifies  that it has reasonable  grounds  to
believe that it meets all of the requirements  for filing on Form S-8
and has duly caused this Registration Statement  to  be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized,  in the City of
Altamonte Springs, State of Florida, on December 29, 1998.

                                PRIORITY HEALTHCARE CORPORATION


                                By:   /S/ ROBERT L. MYERS
                                      Robert L. Myers
                                      President and
                                      Chief Executive Officer



                          POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed by the following persons  in
their respective capacities  and  on  the  respective dates indicated
opposite  their  names.   Each person whose signature  appears  below
hereby authorizes each of William  E.  Bindley  and  Robert L. Myers,
each with full power of substitution, to execute in the  name  and on
behalf   of   such   person  any  post-effective  amendment  to  this
Registration Statement  and  to file the same, with exhibits thereto,
and other documents in connection  therewith,  making such changes in
this Registration Statement as the registrant deems  appropriate, and
appoints  each of William E. Bindley and Robert L. Myers,  each  with
full power  of  substitution,  attorney-in-fact to sign any amendment
and any post-effective amendment  to  this Registration Statement and
to  file  the same, with exhibits thereto,  and  other  documents  in
connection therewith.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            SIGNATURE                            TITLE                           DATE
<S>                               <C>                                <C>
           /S/ WILLIAM E. BINDLEY              Chairman of the Board December 29, 1998
           William E. Bindley
           /S/ ROBERT L. MYERS                    President, Chief Executive Officer December 29, 1998
           Robert L. Myers        and Director (Principal Executive
                                  Officer)
           /S/ DONALD J. PERFETTO                 Executive Vice President, Chief December 29, 1998
           Donald J. Perfetto     Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                  (Principal Financial and
                                  Accounting Officer)
/S/ MICHAEL D. MCCORMICK          Director                           December 29, 1998
           Michael D. McCormick
/S/ THOMAS J. SALENTINE                Director                      December 29, 1998
           Thomas J. Salentine
/S/ RICHARD W. ROBERSON              Director                        December 29, 1998
           Richard W. Roberson
/S/ REBECCA M. SHANAHAN             Director                         December 29, 1998
           Rebecca M. Shanahan
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
     THE PLAN.   Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act,
the trustees (or other persons  who  administer  the employee benefit
plan) have duly caused this Registration Statement  to  be  signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Altamonte Springs, State of Florida on December 29, 1998.

                              PROFIT SHARING PLAN OF PRIORITY
                              HEALTHCARE CORPORATION AND AFFILIATES


                              By:      /S/     ROBERT     L.    MYERS

                                   Robert      L.     Myers,     Plan
Administrator


 /S/ DONALD J. PERFETTO
                                   Donald    J.    Perfetto,     Plan
Administrator


                                   /S/        BARBARA        LUTTRELL

                                   Barbara       Luttrell,       Plan
                                   Administrator
<PAGE>
                          INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
         Exhibit
           NO.
<S>                       <C>
4.1                       Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant.  (The copy of
                          this Exhibit filed as Exhibit 3-A to the Company's Registration
                          Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-34463) is incorporated
                          herein by reference.)
4.2                       By-Laws of the Registrant, as amended to date. (The copy of this
                          Exhibit filed as Exhibit 3-B to the Company's Registration Statement
                          on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-34463) is incorporated herein by
                          reference.)
4.3                       Articles of Restatement of the Restated Articles of Incorporation of
                          the Registrant.  (The copy of this Exhibit filed as Exhibit 3-C to
                          the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.
                          333-34463) is incorporated herein by reference.)
4.4                       Profit Sharing Plan of Priority Healthcare Corporation and
                          Subsidiaries.
23                        Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24                        Powers of Attorney (included on the Signature Page of the
                          Registration Statement).
</TABLE>


                                                      EXHIBIT 4.4

             PRISM{<reg-trade-mark>} PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST

                    <section>401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                             (NONSTANDARDIZED)

                          ADOPTION AGREEMENT (1)


The  Employer  (2),  designated  below, hereby establishes a profit-sharing
plan (optionally including a cash  or  deferred  arrangement (as defined in
<section>401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code)) for  all  Eligible Employees
as  defined  in  this  Adoption  Agreement  pursuant  to the terms  of  the
PRISM{<reg-trade-mark>}  PROTOTYPE  RETIREMENT  PLAN  &  TRUST  BASIC  PLAN
DOCUMENT # 05.

A.   EMPLOYER INFORMATION:

     1.   NAME:     PRIORITY HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

     2.   ADDRESS:  285 WEST CENTRAL PARKWAY, SUITE 1704

     3.   ADDRESS:  ALTAMONTE SPRINGS, FL 32714-2554

     4.   ATTENTION: BARBARA LUTTRELL   TELEPHONE:(407) 772-1516

     5.   EMPLOYER TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (3):35-1927379

B.   BASIC PLAN PROVISIONS:

     1.   PLAN NAME (SELECT ONE):

     /X/  A.   This plan is established effective 01/01/99, (the "Effective
               Date") as a profit sharing plan (optionally  with  a cash or
               deferred arrangement as defined in Code <section>401(k))  to
               be  known  as   Profit  Sharing  Plan of Priority Healthcare
               Corporation and Affiliates (the "Plan")  in  the form of the
               PRISM{<reg-trade-mark>} PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST.

          B.   This plan is an amendment and restatement in the form of the
               PRISM{<reg-trade-mark>} PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN  &  TRUST,
               effective  ,  (the  "Effective  Date") of the  (the "Plan"),
               originally effective as of (the "Original Effective Date").

     2.   EMPLOYER'S THREE DIGIT PLAN NUMBER: 001

     3.   COMMITTEE MEMBERS (4):

     4.   DEFINITIONS:

          A. COMPENSATION for allocation purposes:

               I    Will be determined over the following applicable period
                    (select only one):

               /X/  (A)  the Plan Year

                    (B)  the period of Plan participation  during  the Plan
                         Year

                    (C)  a  consecutive 12 month period commencing on   and
                         ending with, or within, the Plan Year.

               II   If  selected,   Compensation   will   include  Employer
                    contributions  made  pursuant  to  a  Salary  Reduction
                    Agreement,   or  other  arrangement,  which   are   not
                    includible in  the  gross  income of the Employee under
                    <section><section>125,   402(e)(3),   402(h)(1)(B)   or
                    403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

               III  Shall NOT include (select as many as desired):

                    (A)  Bonuses

                    (B)  Commissions

                    (C)  Taxable fringe benefits identified below:

               /X/  (D)  Other items of remuneration identified below:

                         (1)  Income  derived  from   exercise   of   stock
                              options.

                         (2)  Any  benefit  not  included in the employee's
                              taxable income for the year.

               IV   Shall  be limited to $ , which  shall  be  the  maximum
                    amount of  compensation  considered for plan allocation
                    purposes (but not for testing purposes), and may not be
                    an  amount  in  excess  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code
                    <section>401(a)(17) limit  in  effect for the Plan Year
                    (5).  If no amount is specified,  Compensation shall be
                    limited     to     the     Internal     Revenue    Code
                    <section>401(a)(17)   amount,   as   adjusted  by   the
                    Secretary of the Treasury from time to time.

          B.   EARLY RETIREMENT DATE:

          /X/  I    is not applicable to this Plan

               II   is  the  latter  of  the date on which the  Participant
                    attains age   (not less  than 55) and the date on which
                    the Participant completes  Years of Service.

          C.   HOUR OF SERVICE shall be determined  on  the  basis  of  the
               method  selected  below.   Only  one method may be selected.
               The method shall be applied to all  Employees  covered under
               the Plan as follows (select only one):

          /X/  I    On  the basis of actual hours for which an Employee  is
                    paid, or entitled to be paid.

               II   On the  basis  of  days  worked.   An Employee shall be
                    credited  with  ten  (10)  Hours  of Service  if  under
                    <section>1.1(U)  of  the  Plan such Employee  would  be
                    credited with at least one  (1)  Hour of Service during
                    the day.

               III  On  the basis of weeks worked.  An  Employee  shall  be
                    credited with forty-five (45) Hours of Service if under
                    <section>1.1(U)  of  the  Plan  such  Employee would be
                    credited with at least one (1) Hour of  Service  during
                    the week.

               IV   On  the  basis  of  semi-monthly  payroll  periods.  An
                    Employee shall be credited with ninety-five  (95) Hours
                    of  Service  if under <section>1.1(U) of the Plan  such
                    Employee would  be  credited with at least one (1) Hour
                    of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.

               V    On the basis of months  worked.   An  Employee shall be
                    credited with one hundred ninety (190) Hours of Service
                    if  under  <section>1.1(U)  of  the Plan such  Employee
                    would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
                    during the month.

          D.   LIMITATION YEAR shall mean the 12 month period commencing on
               January 1 and ending on December 31.

          E.   NORMAL  RETIREMENT  DATE  for  each Participant  shall  mean
               (select one):

          /X/  I    the  date  the Participant attains  age  65:   (not  to
                    exceed 65)

               II   the latter of  the  date  the  Participant  attains age
                    (not  to  exceed  65)  or  the   (not  to  exceed  5th)
                    anniversary of the participation commencement date.  If
                    for  the  Plan  Years beginning before January 1, 1988,
                    Normal Retirement Date was determined with reference to
                    the anniversary of  the participation commencement date
                    (more  than  5  but  not   to  exceed  10  years),  the
                    anniversary date for Participants  who  first commenced
                    participation under the Plan before the first Plan Year
                    beginning  on  or  after January 1, 1988 shall  be  the
                    earlier of (A) the tenth  anniversary  of  the date the
                    Participant  commenced  participation  in the Plan  (or
                    such anniversary as had been elected by  the  employer,
                    if  less  than 10) or (B) the fifth anniversary of  the
                    first day of  the first Plan Year beginning on or after
                    January 1, 1988.   Notwithstanding any other provisions
                    of the Plan, the participant  commencement  date is the
                    first   day  of  the  first  Plan  Year  in  which  the
                    Participant commenced participation in the Plan.

          F.   PERMITTED  DISPARITY   LEVEL,  for  purposes  of  allocating
               Employer Contributions, shall mean (select only one):

          /X/  I    Not  applicable  - the  Plan  does  not  use  permitted
                    disparity.

               II   The Taxable Wage Base,  which  is  the contribution and
                    benefit base under section 230 of the  Social  Security
                    Act at the beginning of the year.

               III   % (not greater than 100%) of the Taxable Wage Base  as
                    defined in B(4)(f)(ii) above.

               IV   $  ,  provided  that  the  amount  does  not exceed the
                    Taxable Wage Base as defined in B(4)(f)(ii) above.

          G.  PLAN  YEAR  shall mean (select and complete only one  of  the
          following):

               I    The 12-consecutive  month  period  which coincides with
                    the Limitation Year.  The first Plan  Year shall be the
                    period commencing on the Effective Date  and  ending on
                    the last day of the Limitation Year.

               II   The  12-consecutive month period commencing on,  ,  19,
                    and each annual anniversary thereof.

          /X/  III  The calendar year (January 1 through December 31).

          H.   QUALIFIED  DISTRIBUTION   DATE,   for   purposes  of  making
               distributions  under the provisions of a Qualified  Domestic
               Relations  Order   (as  defined  in  Internal  Revenue  Code
               <section>414(p), /X/  SHALL  SHALL NOT be the date the order
               is determined to be qualified.   If  SHALL  is selected, the
               Alternate   Payee   will   be   entitled   to  an  immediate
               distribution  of  benefits  as  directed  by  the  Qualified
               Domestic  Relations  Order.   If SHALL NOT is selected,  the
               Alternate Payee may only take a distribution on the earliest
               date that the Participant is entitled to a distribution.

          I. SPOUSE:

               If selected, Spouse shall mean  only  that  person  who  has
               actually  been  the  Participant's  spouse  for at least one
               year.

          J.   YEAR OF SERVICE shall mean:

               I    For ELIGIBILITY purposes (select one of the following):

                    (A)  the 12 consecutive months during which an Employee
                         is credited with   (not more than 1000)  Hours  of
                         Service.

               /X/  (B)  a Period of Service (using the elapsed time method
                         of    counting    Service,    as    described   in
                         <section>1.1(N)(3) of the Plan).

               II   For  ALLOCATION  accrual  purposes (select one  of  the
                    following):

               /X/  (A)  the 12 consecutive months during which an Employee
                         is credited with 1000  (not  more than 1000) Hours
                         of Service.
                    (B)  a Period of Service (using the elapsed time method
                         of    counting    Service,    as   described    in
                         <section>1.1(N)(3) of the Plan).

               III  For  VESTING  service  purposes  (select   one  of  the
                    following):

               /X/  (A)  the 12 consecutive months during which an Employee
                         is  credited with 1000 (not more than 1000)  Hours
                         of Service.

                    (B)  a Period of Service (using the elapsed time method
                         of   counting    Service,    as    described    in
                         <section>1.1(N)(3) of the Plan).

               IV   For  purpose  of  computing  Years  of Service in plans
                    where Year of Service is defined in terms  of  Hours of
                    Service), the consecutive 12 month period shall be:

                    (A)  For   ELIGIBILITY  purposes,  the  first  Year  of
                         Service  shall  be  computed  using  the  12 month
                         period  commencing on the Employee's date of  hire
                         and ending  on the first annual anniversary of the
                         Employee's date  of hire (the "Initial Computation
                         Period").   In the  event  an  employee  does  not
                         complete an eligibility  Year  of  Service  during
                         this  initial  computation period, the computation
                         period shall be (select only one):

                    /X/  (1)  the  period   commencing   on   each   annual
                              anniversary  of  the  Employee's date of hire
                              and ending on the next  annual anniversary of
                              the Employee's date of hire.

                         (2)  the Plan Year, commencing  with the Plan Year
                              in which the Initial Computation Period ends.

                    (B)  For  VESTING purposes, Years of Service  shall  be
                         computed on the basis of:

                         (1)  the   period   commencing   on   each  annual
                              anniversary  of the Employee's date  of  hire
                              and ending on  the next annual anniversary of
                              the Employee's date of hire.

                    /X/  (2)  the Plan Year, commencing with the first Plan
                              Year  an  Employee   completes   an  Hour  of
                              Service.

                    (C)  For  ALLOCATION accrual purposes, Year of  Service
                         shall be computed on the basis of the Plan Year.

          /X/  V    For ELIGIBILITY  purposes,  Years  of  Service with the
                    following   Predecessor   Employers   shall  count   in
                    fulfilling the eligibility requirements  for this Plan:
                    Bindley Western Industries, Inc., and subsidiaries, but
                    only for service as of the Effective Date, and only for
                    employees  employed by Priority Healthcare  Corporation
                    (or its affiliates) as of the Effective Date.

          /X/  VI   For  VESTING   purposes,  Years  of  Service  with  the
                    following  Predecessor   Employers   shall   count  for
                    purposes of determining the nonforfeitable amount  of a
                    Participant's  account:     Bindley Western Industries,
                    Inc., and subsidiaries, but only  for service as of the
                    Effective  Date,  and  only for employees  employed  by
                    Priority Healthcare Corporation  (or its affiliates) as
                    of the Effective Date.

     5. COVERAGE:

          This Plan is extended by the Employer to the  following Employees
          who  have  met the eligibility requirements (select  as  many  as
          appropriate):

               I    All Employees

               II   Salaried Employees

               III  Sales Employees

               IV   Hourly Employees

               V    Leased Employees

          /X/  VI   All Employees except (select as applicable):

               /X/  (A)  those  who  are  members  of  a  unit of Employees
                         covered  by  a  collective  bargaining   agreement
                         between the Employer and Employee representatives,
                         if  retirement  benefits were the subject of  good
                         faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the
                         Employees  who  are   covered   pursuant  to  that
                         agreement are professionals as defined  in Section
                         1.410(b)-9 of the Regulations.  For this  purpose,
                         the   term   "Employee  representative"  does  not
                         include any organization  more  than half of whose
                         members are Employees who are owners, officers, or
                         executives of the Employer.

                    (B)  those  who  are  nonresident  aliens  (within  the
                         meaning      of      Internal     Revenue     Code
                         <section>7701(b)(1)(B))  and who receive no earned
                         income  (within the meaning  of  Internal  Revenue
                         Code <section>911(d)(2))  from  the Employer which
                         constitutes income from sources within  the United
                         States  (within  the  meaning  of Internal Revenue
                         Code <section>861(a)(3)).

               VII  Union  Employees  (who  are  members  of the  following
                    unions or union affiliates:

               VIII  Other Employees, described as follows:

     6.   ELIGIBILITY:

          An  Employee  covered  by the Plan may become a Participant  upon
          completion of the following eligibility requirements:

          A.   SERVICE (6):

               I    There shall be  no  minimum  service requirement for an
                    Employee to become a Participant.

          /X/  II   The Employee must complete 90 Days of Service (not more
                    than  2  years)  to be a Participant  for  purposes  of
                    receiving  allocations   of   Employer  Profit  Sharing
                    Contributions.

          B. AGE:

               I    There  shall  be  no  minimum  age requirement  for  an
                    Employee to become a Participant.

          /X/  II   The Employee must attain age 21  (not  more than 21) to
                    be a Participant in the Plan.

          C. WAIVER OF AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS:

               I    Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Items  B(6)(a)  and
                    (b),  Employees who have  not  satisfied  the  age  and
                    service  requirements,  but would otherwise be eligible
                    to  participate  in  the plan,  shall  be  eligible  to
                    participate on the Effective Date.

               II   For new Plans, notwithstanding  the provisions of Items
                    B(6)(a) and (b), Employees who have  not  satisfied the
                    age  and  service requirements, but would otherwise  be
                    eligible to  participate in the plan, shall be eligible
                    to participate on the Effective Date.

          D.   ENTRY DATES:

               Upon completion of the eligibility requirements, an Employee
               shall commence participation in the Plan (select only one):

               I    As  soon as practicable  under  the  payroll  practices
                    utilized  by  the Employer, and consistently applied to
                    all Employees, or if earlier, the first day of the Plan
                    Year (7).

               II   As  of  the  first  day  of  the  month  following  the
                    completion of the eligibility requirements.

          /X/  III  As of the earliest  of  the first day of the Plan Year,
                    fourth, seventh or tenth  month  of  the Plan Year next
                    following completion of the eligibility requirements.

               IV   As of the earliest of the first day of the Plan Year or
                    seventh   month   of   the  Plan  Year  next  following
                    completion of the eligibility requirements.

               V    As of the first day of the  Plan  Year  next  following
                    completion of the eligibility requirements (may only be
                    selected if the eligibility year of service requirement
                    is 6 months or less).

     7. VESTING:

          A.   The  percentage  of  a  Participant's  Employer Contribution
               Account    (attributable   to   Employer   Profit    Sharing
               Contributions)  to  be vested in him or her upon termination
               of  employment prior to  attainment  of  the  Plan's  Normal
               Retirement Date shall be (8):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Completed Years of Service
<S>   <C>    <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>
                 1          2          3          4          5          6        7
           I    0%       100%
          II    0%         0%       100%
         III    0%        20%        40%        60%        80%       100%
          IV    0%         0%        20%        40%        60%        80%     100%
           V   10%        20%        30%        40%        60%        80%     100%
 /X/      VI   20%        40%        60%        80%       100%
         VII    0%         0%         0%         0%         0%         0%     100%
        VIII Full and immediate vesting upon entry into the Plan (9)
</TABLE>

               Notwithstanding  anything  to  the contrary in the Plan, the
               amount inserted in the blanks above  shall  not  exceed  the
               limits specified in Code <section>411(a)(2).

          B.   For  purposes  of  computing  a Participant's vested account
               balance,  Years of Service for vesting  purposes  /X/  SHALL
               SHALL NOT include  Years  of  Service  before  the  Employer
               maintained this Plan or any predecessor plan, and /X/  SHALL
               SHALL  NOT  include  Years  of  Service  before the Employee
               attained age 18.

          C.   Notwithstanding the provisions of this Item  B(7)(c)  of the
               Adoption  Agreement, a Participant shall become fully vested
               in his Participant's Employer Contribution if (10):

               I    the  Participant's   job   is  eliminated  without  the
                    Participant   being  offered  a   comparable   position
                    elsewhere with the Employer.

               II   for such reason as is described below:

     8.   EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS:

          A.   CONTRIBUTIONS:

          /X/  I    In its discretion, the Employer may contribute Employer
                    Profit Sharing Contributions to the Plan.

               II   The Employer shall  contribute  Employer Profit Sharing
                    Contributions to the Plan in the  amount  of   % of the
                    Compensation  of  all  Eligible Participants under  the
                    Plan.

               III  If  selected, the Employer  may  make  Employer  Profit
                    Sharing  Contributions  without  regard  to  current or
                    accumulated Net Profits of the Employer for the taxable
                    year ending with, or within the Plan Year.

               IV   If selected, the Employer may designate all or any part
                    of   the   Employer  Profit  Sharing  Contributions  as
                    Qualified Nonelective Contributions, provided, however,
                    that contributions so designated will be subject to the
                    same vesting, distribution, and withdrawal restrictions
                    as Before Tax Contributions (11).

          B. ALLOCATIONS:

               Employer Profit Sharing  Contributions shall be allocated to
               the  accounts  of  eligible Participants  according  to  the
               following selected allocation formula:

          /X/  I    The  Employer Profit  Sharing  Contributions  shall  be
                    allocated to each eligible Participant's account in the
                    ratio which the Participant's Compensation bears to the
                    Compensation  of  all  eligible Participants.  Employer
                    Profit Sharing Plan Contributions,  shall  be allocated
                    to  the  accounts of Participants who have completed  a
                    Year of Service (12) (select one):

                    (A)  as of  the  last  day  of  the month preceding the
                         month in which the contribution was made.

                    (B)  as of the last day of the Plan  quarter  preceding
                         the quarter in which the contribution was made.

               /X/  (C)  as of the last day of the Plan Year.

               II   The  Employer  Profit  Sharing  Contributions shall  be
                    allocated in accordance with the following formula:

                    (A)  If the Plan is Top-Heavy, the  contribution  shall
                         be  first  credited to each eligible Participant's
                         Account  in  the  ratio  which  the  Participant's
                         Compensation bears  to  the  total Compensation of
                         all  eligible  Participants,  up  to  3%  of  each
                         Participant's Compensation.
                    (B)  If  the  Plan  is  Top-Heavy, any Employer  Profit
                         Sharing   Contribution    remaining    after   the
                         allocation in (a) above shall be credited  to each
                         eligible Participant's account in the ratio  which
                         the  Participant's  Excess Compensation (13) bears
                         to the total Excess Compensation  of  all eligible
                         Participants,   up   to   3%   of   each  eligible
                         Participant's Excess Compensation.

                    (C)  Any  contributions remaining after the  allocation
                         in (b)  above  shall  be credited to each eligible
                         Participant's account in  the  ratio which the sum
                         of the Participant's total Compensation and Excess
                         Compensation  bears  to  the  sum  of   the  total
                         Compensation   and   Excess  Compensation  of  all
                         eligible Participants,  up  to  an amount equal to
                         the maximum Excess Percentage times the sum of the
                         Participant's      Compensation     and     Excess
                         Compensation.   If  the  Plan  is  Top-Heavy,  the
                         maximum   Excess   Percentage    is    %   (insert
                         percentage).   If  the Plan is not Top-Heavy,  the
                         maximum   Excess   Percentage    is    %   (insert
                         percentage,  which  shall  not  exceed  the  prior
                         Excess  Percentage  limitation specified  by  more
                         than 3).

                    NOTE:If the Permitted Disparity  Level  defined at Item
                         B(4)(f)  is  the Taxable Wage Base (which  is  the
                         contribution and benefit base under section 230 of
                         the Social Security  Act  at  the beginning of the
                         year), then the maximum Excess  Percentage  should
                         be  2.7% if the Plan is Top-Heavy and 5.7% if  the
                         Plan is not Top-Heavy.

                         If the  Permitted  Disparity Level defined at Item
                         B(4)(f) is greater than  80% but less than 100% of
                         the  Taxable Wage Base, then  the  maximum  Excess
                         Percentage should be 2.4% if the Plan is Top-Heavy
                         and 5.4% if the Plan is not Top-Heavy.

                         If the  Permitted  Disparity Level defined at Item
                         B(4)(f) is greater than  the greater of $10,000 or
                         20% of the Taxable Wage Base,  but  not  more than
                         80%, then the maximum Excess Percentage should  be
                         1.3% if the Plan is Top-Heavy and 4.3% if the Plan
                         is not Top-Heavy.

                    (D)  Any remaining Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
                         shall  be  allocated  among eligible Participants'
                         accounts  in  the  ratio which  the  Participant's
                         Compensation bears to  the  total  Compensation of
                         all Participants.

          /X/  III  If selected, and the Employer has elected  to  allocate
                    Employer  Profit  Sharing Plan Contributions as of  the
                    last  day  of the Plan  Year,  a  Participant  must  be
                    employed by  the  Employer  on the last day of the Plan
                    Year in order to receive an allocation (14).

               IV   A Participant who terminates  before  the  end  of  the
                    period  for  which  contributions  are  allocated shall
                    share  in  the  allocation  of Employer Profit  Sharing
                    Contributions  if termination  of  employment  was  the
                    result of (select all that apply):

                    (A)  retirement

                    (B)  disability

                    (C)  death

                    (D)  other, as specified below:

     9.   ROLLOVER & TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS (SELECT ONE):

     /X/  A.   Subject  to  policies,   applied   in   a   consistent   and
               nondiscriminatory  manner,  adopted  by  the Committee, each
               Employee, who would otherwise be eligible  to participate in
               the  Plan  except  that  such Employee has not yet  met  the
               eligibility requirements,  and  each  Participant may make a
               Rollover Contribution as described in Internal  Revenue Code
               <section><section>402(a)(5), 403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3).

          B.   Subject   to   policies,   applied   in   a  consistent  and
               nondiscriminatory  manner,  adopted  by the Committee,  each
               Participant may make a Rollover Contribution as described in
               Internal Revenue Code <section><section>402(a)(5), 403(a)(4)
               or 408(d)(3).

          C.   No Employee shall make Rollover Contributions to the Plan.

     10.  DISTRIBUTIONS:

          a.   DISTRIBUTIONS UPON SEPARATION FROM SERVICE:

               The Normal Form of Benefit under the Plan  shall be a single
               lump  sum distribution, made /X/ (if selected)  as  soon  as
               administratively  practical  after receipt of a distribution
               request from a Participant entitled  to  a  distribution  or
               (if  selected)  upon  the  Participant's  attainment  of the
               Plan's Early Retirement Date or the Plan's Normal Retirement
               Date, whichever is earlier.

               In  addition  to the Normal Form of Benefit, the Participant
               shall  be  entitled  to  select  from  among  the  following
               optional forms  of benefit specified by the employer (select
               as many as apply):

               I    Installment payments

               II   Such other forms as may be specified below:

          B.   IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS (SELECT AS MAY BE APPROPRIATE):

          /X/  I    There  shall   be   no   in-service   distribution   of
                    Participant  account  balances  derived  from  Employer
                    Profit Sharing Contributions.

               II   Participants may request an in-service distribution  of
                    their  account  balance attributable to Employer Profit
                    Sharing Contributions, for the following reasons:

                    (A)  For purposes  of  satisfying a financial hardship,
                         as  determined  in  accordance  with  the  uniform
                         nondiscriminatory policy of the Committee;

                    (B)  Attainment of age 59 1/2  by the Participant; or

                    (C)  Attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Date by
                         the Participant.

     11.  FORFEITURES:

          A.   Forfeitures  of  amounts  attributable  to  Employer  Profit
               Sharing Contributions shall be reallocated as of:

          /X/  I    the last day of the Plan  Year  in which the Forfeiture
                    occurred.

               II   the last day of the Plan Year following  the  Plan Year
                    in which the Forfeiture occurred.

               III  the  last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                    suffering  the Forfeiture has incurred five consecutive
                    One Year Breaks in Service.

          B.   Forfeitures of Employer  Profit  Sharing Contributions shall
               be reallocated as follows:

               I    Not applicable as Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
                    are always 100% vested and nonforfeitable.

               II   Used  first to pay the expenses  of  administering  the
                    Plan,  and  then  allocated  pursuant  to  one  of  the
                    following two options (15):

               III  Forfeitures   shall   be   allocated  to  Participant's
                    accounts in the same manner  as Employer Profit Sharing
                    Contributions,    Employer   Matching    Contributions,
                    Qualified  Nonelective   Contributions   or   Qualified
                    Matching   Contributions,  in  the  discretion  of  the
                    Employer, for the year in which the Forfeiture arose.

          /X/  IV   Forfeitures  shall  be  applied  to reduce the Employer
                    Profit   Sharing   Contributions,   Employer   Matching
                    Contributions, Qualified Nonelective  Contributions  or
                    Qualified  Matching Contributions, in the discretion of
                    the Employer, for the Plan Year following the Plan Year
                    in which the Forfeiture arose.

     12.  LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS:

          If the Employer maintains  or  ever  maintained another qualified
          retirement plan in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was)
          a  participant,  or  could  possibly become  a  participant,  the
          Employer must complete the following:

          A.   If  the  Participant  is  covered  under  another  qualified
               defined contribution plan maintained  by  the Employer other
               than a Master or Prototype Plan:

               I    The provisions of this Plan shall apply as if the other
                    plan were a Master or Prototype plan; or,

               II   The following provisions will be effective to limit the
                    total  Annual  Additions  to  the  Maximum  Permissible
                    Amount, and will properly reduce any Excess Amounts, in
                    a manner that precludes Employer discretion:

          B.   If the Participant is or ever has been a  participant  in  a
               qualified  defined  benefit plan maintained by the Employer,
               the following provisions  will  be  effective to satisfy the
               1.0 limitation of Internal Revenue Code  <section>415(e), in
               a manner that precludes Employer discretion:

     13.  INTERNAL REVENUE CODE <section>411(D)(6) PROTECTED BENEFITS:

     /X/  If    selected,    the    Plan    has   Internal   Revenue   Code
          <section>411(d)(6) Protected Benefits from a prior plan that this
          Plan amends, that must be protected.

                         (Attach addendum)

     14.  TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS:

          For each Plan Year in which the Plan  is  a  Top-Heavy  Plan  the
          following provisions will apply:

          A.   The  percentage  of  a  Participant's  Employer Contribution
               Account to be vested in him upon termination  of  employment
               prior to retirement shall be:

               I    a   percentage   determined   in  accordance  with  the
                    following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              YEARS OF SERVICE           PERCENTAGE
<S>        <C>                    <C>   <C>
           Less than two                           0
           Two but less than                      20
           three
           Three but less than                    40
           four
           Four but less than                     60
           five
           Five but less than six                 80
           Six or more                          100;
</TABLE>

               II   100% vesting after  (not to exceed 3) Years of Service;
                    provided, however, that Years of Service may not exceed
                    two  (2)  if  the service requirement  for  eligibility
                    exceeds 1 year; or

          /X/  III  computed  in  accordance   with  the  vesting  schedule
                    selected by the Employer in  Items  B(7)(a) or C(4)(d),
                    as long as the benefits under the vesting  schedule  in
                    Items  B(7)(a)  or  C(4)(d) vest at least as rapidly as
                    the two options specified in this Item B(14)(a), above.

               If the vesting schedule under  the  Plan shifts in or out of
               the schedules above for any Plan Year  because of the Plan's
               Top-Heavy status, such shift is an amendment  to the vesting
               schedule and the election in <section>2.2 of the  Basic Plan
               Document applies.

          B.   For purposes of minimum Top-Heavy allocations, contributions
               and  forfeitures  equal  to   %  (not  less than 3%) of each
               Non-key Employee's Compensation will be  allocated  to  each
               Participant's  Contribution  Account  when  the  Plan  is  a
               Top-Heavy  Plan,  except  as otherwise provided in the Basic
               Plan  Document.   This  Item  14   will  not  apply  to  any
               Participant to the extent the Participant  is  covered under
               any  other  plan  or plans of the Employer and the  Employer
               completes the following:   (Insert  the  name of the plan or
               plans  which  will  meet the minimum allocation  or  benefit
               requirement applicable to Top-Heavy plans.)
          C.   The Valuation Date as  of  which account balances or accrued
               benefits are valued for purposes  of computing the Top-Heavy
               Ratio shall be the last day of each Plan Year.

          D.   If the Employer maintains or has ever maintained one or more
               defined benefit plans which have covered  or  could  cover a
               Participant in this Plan, complete the following:

               Present  Value:   For purposes of establishing Present Value
               to  compute  the  Top-Heavy  Ratio,  any  benefit  shall  be
               discounted only for  mortality  and  interest  based  on the
               following:

Interest rate  %                             Mortality table

     15.  INVESTMENTS:

          A.   Investments   made  pursuant  to  the  investment  direction
               provisions of the Basic Plan Document shall be made into any
               appropriate Investment Fund as selected by the Employer.  In
               addition, investment of Plan assets is expressly authorized,
               as  required by  Revenue  Ruling  81-100,  in  each  of  the
               following  common  or  collective  funds  sponsored  by  the
               Trustee, or an affiliate of the Trustee (16):

                KEY TRUST COMPANY EB MANAGED GUARANTEED INVESTMENT CONTRACT
               FUND,  THE  KEY  TRUST COMPANY MULTIPLE INVESTMENT TRUST FOR
               EMPLOYEE BENEFIT TRUSTS,  AND OTHER COLLECTIVE TRUSTS EXEMPT
               FROM TAX UNDER IRC <section>501  AND  AS  DESCRIBED  IN REV.
               RUL. 81-100.

     /X/  B.   If selected, an Employer Stock Fund shall be available as an
               Investment  Fund  pursuant  to  the  terms of the Basic Plan
               Document.

               I    If selected, and an Employer Stock Fund is available as
                    an Investment Fund, Participants  will  have the right,
                    notwithstanding  any other provisions of the  Plan,  to
                    direct that a portion of the Plan assets held for their
                    benefit and invested  in  the  Employer  Stock  Fund be
                    diversified    pursuant    to    the    provisions   of
                    <section>10.7(F) of the Basic Plan Document.

          C.   Participants  may make changes of existing account  balances
               and future contributions  from  among  the  Investment Funds
               offered:

          /X/  I    Once during each business day that the Trustee  and the
                    New York Stock Exchange are open.
               II   Once during each calendar month.

               III  Once during each quarter of the Plan Year.

               IV   Once during each rolling  day period.

          D.   If  selected,  the Participant shall be restricted in making
               changes of existing  account  balances  from  any Investment
               Fund,  as  specified  in  the  terms  or conditions of  such
               Investment Fund, and the Employer shall  attach  an addendum
               specifying such restriction.

          E.   The  Participant will designate into which Investment  Funds
               all contributions  to  their  accounts  are made, EXCEPT the
               following:

               I    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions

               II   Employer Mandatory Matching Contributions

               III  Employer Discretionary Matching Contributions

               IV   Qualified Matching Contributions

               V    Qualified Nonelective Contributions

          F.   If selected, and to the extent a selection  is  made  above,
               the  Employer  shall attach an Investment Direction Addendum
               specifying  how the  contributions  so  specified  shall  be
               invested among the Investment Fund.

          G.   If selected,  the Participant shall be restricted in the use
               of  the Employer  Stock  Fund  as  an  Investment  Fund  for
               designating   the   investment   of   contributions  in  the
               Participant's account, as follows:

               I    The Participant may not direct the  investment  of Plan
                    assets  held  in  their account into the Employer Stock
                    Fund.

               II   The  Participant  may   direct    %  of  the  following
                    contributions into the Employer Stock Fund:

                    (A)  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions

                    (B)  Employer Mandatory Matching Contributions

                    (C)  Employer Discretionary Matching Contributions

                    (D)  Qualified Matching Contributions

                    (E)  Qualified Nonelective Contributions

               III   % of the following contributions will be invested into
                    the  Employer  Stock  Fund,  with the balance  invested
                    among:

                    (A)  the other Investment Funds, including the Employer
                         Stock Fund

                    (B)  the  other  Investment Funds,  NOT  including  the
                         Employer Stock Fund

     16.  LOANS (SELECT ONE):

     /X/  A.   Loans may be made from the Plan in accordance with the Basic
               Plan  Document  and such  policies  and  procedures  as  the
               Committee  may  adopt   and   apply   on  a  consistent  and
               nondiscriminatory basis (17).

          B.   No loans shall be made from the Plan.

     17.  TRUSTEE:

          The Trustee of this Plan shall be Key Trust  Company  of Indiana,
          NA  (a  bank or trust company affiliated with KeyCorp within  the
          meaning of Internal Revenue Code <section>1504).

     18.  EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM:

               If  selected,   the  following  provisions  shall  have  the
               specified effective dates (which are different from the date
               specified in Item B(1)):

C.   <section>401(K) PLAN PROVISIONS:

     1. Service:

          An Eligible Employee shall  be  required to fulfill the following
          eligibility service requirements  in  order to participate in the
          Plan through a salary reduction agreement  and  for  purposes  of
          receiving an allocation of Employer Matching Contributions:

          A.   The  Employee  must  complete    of Service (not more than 1
               year)  to  be  a  Participant  for  purposes   of  receiving
               allocations of Employer Matching Contributions.

     /X/  B.   The Employee must complete 90 Days of Service (not more than
               1 year) to be a Participant for purposes of entering  into a
               Salary  Reduction  Agreement  and having Employee Before Tax
               Contributions   or   Employee   After    Tax   Contributions
               contributed to the Plan on the Employee's behalf.

     2.   EMPLOYEE SALARY DEFERRALS:

     /X/  A.   Participants  shall  be  entitled  to  enter into  a  Salary
               Reduction Agreement providing for Before  Tax  Contributions
               to be made to the Plan.

               I    The minimum Before Tax Contribution shall be  1% of the
                    Participant's Compensation.

               II   The maximum Before Tax Contribution shall be 13% of the
                    Participant's Compensation.

          B.   Participants  shall  be  entitled  to  enter  into  a Salary
               Reduction Agreement providing for After Tax Contributions to
               be made to the Plan.

               I    The  minimum After Tax Contribution shall be  % of  the
                    Participant's Compensation.

               II   The maximum  After  Tax Contribution shall be  % of the
                    Participant's Compensation.

               III  If selected, notwithstanding  the  above, a Participant
                    shall  not  be  able  to enter into a Salary  Reduction
                    Agreement providing for  After  Tax Contributions to be
                    made  to  the Plan unless the Participant  has  entered
                    into a Salary  Reduction  Agreement  that  provides for
                    Before Tax Contributions to be made to the Plan  in  an
                    amount   of   at   least    %   of   the  Participant's
                    Compensation.

          C.   If selected, a Participant shall be entitled to enter into a
               Salary Reduction Agreement providing that any  extraordinary
               item  of compensation, not yet payable (including  bonuses),
               be  withheld   from   the   Participant's  Compensation  and
               contributed to the Plan as either a Before Tax Contribution,
               or After Tax Contribution (provided  such  contributions are
               authorized above, and to the extent that such  contribution,
               when  aggregated  with either the Participants other  Before
               Tax Contributions or  After  Tax Contributions do not exceed
               the limitations specified above, on an annual basis).

     3.   CONTRIBUTION CHANGES:

          A.   Participants  may  increase  or  decrease   the   amount  of
               contributions   made  to  the  Plan  pursuant  to  a  Salary
               Reduction Agreement once each:

               I    Plan Year

               II   Semi-annual period, based on the Plan Year

          /X/  III  Quarter, based on the Plan Year

               IV   Month

               V    Other, as specified below (provided that it is at least
                    once per year):

          B.   Claims for returns  of  Excess  Before Tax Contributions for
               the Participant's preceding taxable  year  must  be  made in
               writing,  and submitted to the Committee by March 1 (specify
               a date between March 1 and April 15). (18)

     4.   EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (19):

          A.   MANDATORY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

          The Employer shall  make  contributions to the Plan, in an amount
          as specified below:

               I    An amount, equal to  % of each Participant's Before Tax
                    Contributions, however,  no  match  shall  be  made  on
                    Participant's  Before Tax Contributions in excess of  %
                    (or $  ) of the Participant's Compensation.

               II   An amount, equal  to  % of each Participant's After Tax
                    Contributions,  but   not   to   exceed    %   of   the
                    Participant's Compensation, or $ .

               III  An   amount,   equal   to    %  of  each  Participant's
                    contributions  made  pursuant  to  a  Salary  Reduction
                    Agreement (including both Before  Tax Contributions and
                    After Tax Contributions), but only  if  the Participant
                    has entered into a Salary Reduction Agreement providing
                    for  Before  Tax Contributions of at least   %  of  the
                    Participant's Compensation, but not to exceed  % of the
                    Participant's Compensation, or $ .

               IV   An amount equal to the sum of the following:

                    (A)    %  of  the   first    %   of  the  Participant's
                         Compensation  deferred  pursuant   to   a   Salary
                         Reduction Agreement; plus,

                    (B)     %   of   the   next   %  of  the  Participant's
                         Compensation  deferred   pursuant   to   a  Salary
                         Reduction Agreement; plus,

                    (C)     %   of   the   next   %  of  the  Participant's
                         Compensation  deferred   pursuant   to   a  Salary
                         Reduction  Agreement,  but not to exceed % of  the
                         Participant's Compensation, or $ .

               V    An amount equal to $ , for each  Participant who enters
                    into  a  Salary  Reduction  Agreement   providing   for
                    Before  Tax Contributions,  After Tax Contributions, or
                    either  Before   Tax   Contributions   or   After   Tax
                    Contributions  (or  a  combination of both) equal to or
                    exceeding  % of the Participant's  Compensation.   Such
                    contributions shall be made and allocated:

                    (A)  only  during  the  first  Plan Year the Plan is in
                         effect, or if a restatement,  for  the  first Plan
                         Year beginning with, or containing the restatement
                         Effective Date.

                    (B)  each Plan Year that a Participant has in  force  a
                         Salary  Reduction  Agreement  meeting the criteria
                         specified above.

                    (C)  during  the first Plan Year that  the  Participant
                         participates  through a Salary Reduction Agreement
                         meeting the criteria specified above.

          B.   DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

               The Employer shall make contributions  to  the  Plan,  in an
               amount determined by resolution of the Board of Directors on
               an annual basis.  The Board resolution shall provide for the
               percentage  and/or amount of Before Tax Contributions and/or
               After  Tax Contributions  to  be  matched  and  the  maximum
               percentage  and/or amount of Before Tax Contributions and/or
               After Tax Contributions eligible for matching.

          C.   ALLOCATION OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

               Employer Matching  Contributions shall be allocated pursuant
               to the terms of the Basic Plan Document, notwithstanding the
               foregoing:

               I    A Participant who  terminates  before  the  end  of the
                    period  for  which  contributions  are  allocated shall
                    share   in   the   allocation   of   Employer  Matching
                    Contributions  if  termination  of employment  was  the
                    result of (select all that apply):

                    (A)  retirement

                    (B)  disability

                    (C)  death

                    (D)  other, as specified below:

               II   Employer Matching Contributions shall  be  allocated to
                    the accounts of Participants (select one):

                    (A)  as of each pay period for which a contribution was
                         made pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement.

                    (B)  semi-monthly.

                    (C)  as  of  the  last  day of the month preceding  the
                         month in which the contribution was made.

                    (D)  as of the last day of  the  Plan quarter preceding
                         the quarter in which the contribution was made.

                    (E)  as of the last day of the Plan year.

               III  If  selected, the Employer may make  Employer  Matching
                    Contributions  without regard to current or accumulated
                    Net Profits of the Employer for the taxable year ending
                    with, or within the Plan Year (20).

          D.   The   percentage  of  a  Participant's   Employer   Matching
               Contribution Account (21) (attributable to Employer Matching
               Contributions)  to  be vested in him or her upon termination
               of  employment prior to  attainment  of  the  Plan's  Normal
               Retirement Date shall be (22):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Completed Years of Service
<S>   <C>    <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>    <C> <C>
                 1          2          3          4          5          6        7
           I    0%       100%
          II    0%         0%       100%
         III    0%        20%        40%        60%        80%       100%
          IV    0%         0%        20%        40%        60%        80%     100%
           V   10%        20%        30%        40%        60%        80%     100%
          VI    0%         0%         0%         0%       100%
         VII    0%         0%         0%         0%         0%         0%     100%
        VIII Full and immediate vesting upon entry into the Plan
</TABLE>

               Notwithstanding  anything  to  the contrary in the Plan, the
               amount inserted in the blanks above  shall  not  exceed  the
               limits specified in Code <section>411(a)(2).

          E.   Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this Item C(4)(e) of the
               Adoption Agreement, a Participant  shall become fully vested
               in his Participant's Employer Matching  Contribution Account
               if (23):

               I    the  Participant's  job  is  eliminated   without   the
                    Participant   being   offered   a  comparable  position
                    elsewhere with the Employer.

               II   for such reason as is described below:


          F.   CORRECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS:

               I    If selected, the Employer shall be  authorized  to make
                    Qualified Matching Contributions, subject to the  terms
                    of the Basic Plan Document, in an amount determined  by
                    resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  on an annual
                    basis.

          /X/  II   If selected, the Employer shall be authorized  to  make
                    Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions,  subject  to the
                    terms   of  the  Basic  Plan  Document,  in  an  amount
                    determined  by  resolution of the Board of Directors on
                    an annual basis.

     5.   GAP EARNINGS:

               If selected, Gap Earnings,  as defined in <section>3.2(G)(1)
               of the Basic Plan Document, will  be  calculated  for Excess
               Elective   Deferrals,   Excess   Contributions   and  Excess
               Aggregate Contributions, and refunded to the Participant  as
               provided for in Article III of the Basic Plan Document.

     6.   FORFEITURES:

          A.   Forfeitures  of  amounts  attributable  to Employer Matching
               Contributions shall be reallocated as of:

               I    the last day of the Plan Year in which  the  Forfeiture
                    occurred.
               II   the  last day of the Plan Year following the Plan  Year
                    in which the Forfeiture occurred.

               III  the last  day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                    suffering  the   Forfeiture   has  incurred  the  fifth
                    consecutive One Year Break in Service.

          B.   Forfeitures  of  Employer  Matching Contributions  shall  be
               reallocated as follows:

               I    Not applicable as Employer  Matching  Contributions are
                    always 100% vested and nonforfeitable.

               II   Used  first  to  pay the expenses of administering  the
                    Plan,  and  then  allocated  pursuant  to  one  of  the
                    following two options:

               III  Forfeitures  shall  be   allocated   to   Participant's
                    accounts in the same manner as Employer Profit  Sharing
                    Contributions,    Employer    Matching   Contributions,
                    Qualified   Nonelective  Contributions   or   Qualified
                    Matching  Contributions,   in  the  discretion  of  the
                    Employer, for the year in which the Forfeiture arose.

               IV   Forfeitures shall be applied  to  reduce  the  Employer
                    Profit   Sharing   Contributions,   Employer   Matching
                    Contributions,  Qualified Nonelective Contributions  or
                    Qualified Matching  Contributions, in the discretion of
                    the Employer, for the Plan Year following the Plan Year
                    in which the Forfeiture arose.

          C.   Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be:

               I    Applied to reduce Employer  contributions  for the Plan
                    Year in which the excess arose, but allocated as below,
                    to the extent the excess exceeds Employer contributions
                    for   the  Plan  Year,  or  the  Employer  has  already
                    contributed for such Plan Year.

               II   Allocated after all other forfeitures under the Plan:

                    (A)  to  the  Matching  Contribution  account  of  each
                         Non-highly Compensated Participant who made Before
                         Tax  Contributions  or  After Tax Contributions in
                         the   ratio   which   each   such    Participant's
                         Compensation for the Plan Year bears to  the total
                         Compensation of all such Participants for the Plan
                         Year; or,
                    (B)  to  the  Matching  Contribution  account  of  each
                         Non-highly Compensated Eligible Participant in the
                         ratio    which    each    Eligible   Participant's
                         Compensation for the Plan Year  bears to the total
                         Compensation of all Eligible Participants  for the
                         Plan Year.

     7.   IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS (SELECT AS MAY BE APPROPRIATE):

          A.   There  shall  be  no  in-service distribution of Participant
               account  balances  derived  from  Before  Tax  Contributions
               (including Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified
               Matching Contributions  treated  as Before Tax Contributions
               under  the terms of the Basic Plan  Document),  or  Employer
               Matching Contributions.

          B.   Participants may request an in-service distribution of their
               account    balance   attributable   to   Employer   Matching
               Contributions, for the following reasons:

               I    For purposes  of  satisfying  a  financial hardship, as
                    determined    in    accordance    with   the    uniform
                    nondiscriminatory policy of the Committee;

               II   Attainment of age 59 1/2  by the Participant; or

               III  Attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement  Date by the
                    Participant.

     /X/  C.   Participants may request an in-service distribution of their
               account   balance   attributable   to  Employee  Before  Tax
               Contributions, for the following reasons:

          I    For  purposes  of  satisfying  a  financial   hardship,   as
               determined  by  the facts and circumstances of an Employee's
               situation, in accordance with the provisions of <section>3.9
               of the Basic Plan Document;

     /X/  II   For purposes of satisfying  a  financial hardship, using the
               "safe harbor" provisions of <section>3.9  of  the Basic Plan
               Document.

          III  Attainment of age 59 1/2  by the Participant; or

          IV   Attainment  of  the  Plan's  Normal Retirement Date  by  the
               Participant.

NOTICE:  The adopting Employer may not rely on  an opinion letter issued by
the National Office of the Internal Revenue Service  as  evidence  that the
Plan  is  qualified  under  the  provisions of <section>401 of the Internal
Revenue Code.  In order to obtain  reliance  with  respect  to  the  Plan's
qualification,  the  Employer  must apply to the Key District Office of the
Internal Revenue Service for a determination letter.

This Adoption Agreement may only  be  used  in  conjunction with Basic Plan
Document # 05.

This Plan document may only be used under the express authority of KeyCorp,
its subsidiaries and affiliates, and is not effective  as  completed  until
executed  by  a duly authorized officer of KeyCorp, one of its subsidiaries
or affiliates, and approved by KeyCorp's counsel.

KeyCorp, as sponsor,  may amend or discontinue this prototype plan document
upon proper notification  to  all  adopting  Employers  pursuant to Revenue
Ruling 89-13.

Failure  to  properly  fill  out  an  Adoption  Agreement  may  result   in
disqualification  of the Plan, and adverse tax consequences to the Employer
and Plan Participants.

This Plan is sponsored by:

     KeyCorp, on behalf  of  its  operating subsidiaries, banking and trust
company affiliates
     127 Public Square
     Cleveland, Ohio  44114
     (800) 982-3811
<PAGE>
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer  and the Trustee, by their respective
duly  authorized  officers,  have  caused this  Adoption  Agreement  to  be
executed on this 15th day of December, 1998.


EMPLOYER: PRIORITY HEALTHCARE CORPORATION


By:      /S/ BARBARA LUTTRELL

Title:  VICE PRESIDENT, ADMINISTRATION

TRUSTEE:  KEY TRUST COMPANY OF INDIANA, NA

By:   /S/ APRIL M. CZENKUSCH

Title: VICE PRESIDENT

                  and

By:   /S/ THOMAS M. GETTY

Title: CLIENT MANAGER


APPROVED ON BEHALF OF TRUSTEE:

     Initials:         Date:
<PAGE>
                    INVESTMENT FUND DESIGNATION

     Priority  Healthcare  Corporation   (the  "Named  Fiduciary"),  as  an
independent fiduciary with respect to the  Profit  Sharing Plan of Priority
Healthcare  Corporation and Affiliates (the "Plan"),  an  employee  pension
benefit  plan   covered  by  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Employee
Retirement Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended  ("ERISA") and its
employees  who participate therein (the "Participants"), hereby  designates
the following  investment  funds  from  among  the  investment fund options
available  for  adopting  employers of the PRISM<reg-trade-mark>  PROTOTYPE
RETIREMENT  PLAN  &  TRUST (as  defined  in  <section>10.7  of  the  Plan),
available for selection  by  Participants for the investment of Plan assets
held for their benefit:

          (a)  The  American  Funds   Group<reg-trade-mark>:    EuroPacific
Growth Fund
          (b)  The American Funds Group<reg-trade-mark>:  Washington Mutual
Investors Fund
          (c)  The Victory Balanced Fund:  Class A
          (d)  The Victory Investment Quality Bond Fund
          (e)  The Victory Special Value Fund:  Class A
          (f)  The Victory U.S. Government Obligations Fund
          (g)  Priority Healthcare Corporation Common Stock
          (h)
          (i)
          (j)
          (k)
          (1)
          (m)

     /X/  In  addition,  if  selected, an Employer Stock Fund will also  be
available.

In making the selection of Investment  Funds,  the  Named  Fiduciary hereby
confirms and acknowledges that:

     <circle>The Named Fiduciary has had made available to it copies of the
          prospectuses  (to  the  extent required under applicable  federal
          securities law and regulation) for each investment fund available
          for selection by adopting  employers of the PRISM<reg-trade-mark>
          PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN &  TRUST,  and  has  received copies of
          each such prospectus for the Investment Funds selected;
     <circle>The Named Fiduciary acknowledges that the Trustee  of the Plan
          may receive certain fees for services provide to, or on behalf of
          an  Investment  Fund,  or  the  sponsors or distributors thereof,
          pursuant to plans of distribution  adopted  by the fund under the
          provisions of Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company  Act  of 1940,
          and   further  acknowledges  that  (i)  such  fee,  if  paid,  is
          appropriate   for   services  rendered  to  the  fund,  and  when
          aggregated with other  fees  for  service  payable to the Trustee
          constitutes reasonable compensation for the Trustee's services to
          the Plan; and (ii) the Plan will be able to  redeem  its interest
          in  any  such Investment Fund on reasonably short notice  without
          penalty;
     <circle>The Named  Fiduciary further acknowledges that it has selected
          the Investment  Funds  on  its  determination, after due inquiry,
          that  the  Investment  Funds  are appropriate  vehicles  for  the
          investment of Plan assets pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the Plan,
          considering  all relevant facts and circumstances, including  but
          not limited to  (i)  the  investment policy and philosophy of the
          Named Fiduciary developed pursuant  to  ERISA  <section>404; (ii)
          the  ability  of  Participants,  using  an  appropriate   mix  of
          Investment Funds, to diversify the investment of Plan assets held
          for  their  benefit;  and,  (iii) the ability of Participants to,
          utilizing an appropriate mix of Investment Funds, to structure an
          investment portfolio within their  account  in the Plan with risk
          and return characteristics within the normal  range  of  risk and
          return  characteristics  for  individuals with similar investment
          backgrounds, experience and expectations; and,
     <circle>The Named Fiduciary acknowledges that it has not relied on any
          representations or recommendations from the Trustee or any of its
          employees in selecting the Investment Funds.

The Trustee agrees to follow the Named Fiduciary's  direction  with respect
to   offering   the   Investment  Funds  available  for  selection  by  the
Participants in the Plan  for  the investment of Plan assets held for their
benefit:

     IN   WITNESS   WHEREOF,  the  Employer,   by   its   duly   authorized
representative, has executed  this  document in connection with adoption of
the Plan utilizing the PRISM<reg-trade-mark> PROTOTYPE
RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST documents, as provided by the Trustee.


                   NAMED FIDUCIARY: PRIORITY HEALTHCARE CORPORATION


                   By:     /S/ BARBARA LUTTRELL

                   Title:  VICE PRESIDENT, ADMINISTRATION
<PAGE>
                             FOOTNOTES

(1)  Footnotes in this Adoption Agreement  are  not to be construed as part
     of  the Plan provisions but are explanatory only.   To  the  extent  a
     footnote  is  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  the  Basic Plan
     Document  or  applicable  law,  the  provisions  of the Plan shall  be
     construed in conformity with the Basic Plan Document or law.

(2)  Terms  that are capitalized are defined in the PRISM{<reg-trade-mark>}
     PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT.

(3)  The Plan will have an individual TIN, distinct from the Employer TIN.

(4)  Committee  members  direct  the  day  to  day  operation  of the Plan.
     Committee  members  serve  at  the  pleasure  of  the  Employer.   See
     <section>11.4  for  changes  in  Committee membership. If no Committee
     members are specified, the Employer  shall  assume  responsibility for
     the operations of the Plan.

(5)  If no amount is specified, the maximum amount of Compensation  allowed
     under Code <section>401(a)(17) (the "$150,000 limit" ("$200,000 limit"
     prior to the Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1994)), as adjusted
     from time to time, shall be used.

(6)  If  a fractional year is elected, the elapsed time method of computing
     service shall be used for the fractional year.  Eligibility provisions
     for optional  cash or deferred arrangements are contained in Item C of
     this Adoption Agreement.

(7)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who has met the eligibility
     requirements may  not  enter  the Plan later than six months following
     the  date  on  which  the Employee  first  completes  the  eligibility
     requirements.

(8)  Notwithstanding the selection made in this Item B(7)(a), a Participant
     shall be fully vested in  his or her Employer Contribution Accounts if
     the Participant dies or becomes  Disabled  while  in the employ of the
     Employer.

(9)  If more than one Year of Service is an eligibility  requirement,  Item
     viii MUST be selected.

(10) The provisions of this section will be administered by the Employer on
     a consistent and nondiscriminatory basis.

(11) Amounts  designated  as  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions will be
     allocated pursuant to <section>3.1(A)(14) of the Basic Plan Document.

(12) In the event contributions are allocated on a basis  other than a full
     plan  year,  the  Year  of Service shall be based on the elapsed  time
     method of calculation, and  a  Participant  shall  be  deemed  to have
     completed an appropriate Period of Service for allocation purposes  if
     the   Participant   has   completed   a  pro-rata  Period  of  Service
     corresponding to the interval on which contributions are allocated.

(13) Excess Compensation means a Participant's  Compensation  in  excess of
     the Permitted Disparity Level specified in the Definitions section  of
     this Adoption Agreement.

(14) Even  if  this Item is selected, the provisions of <section>4.8 of the
     Basic Plan  Document  may  supersede  this requirement if necessary to
     satisfy Code Sections 401(a)(26) and 410(b).

(15) If this option is selected, iii or iv MUST  be  selected to reallocate
     Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions  REMAINING  after
     expenses of administering the Plan have been paid.

(16) This  Item  is  for  use in identifying collective trust funds, which,
     pursuant to Revenue Ruling  81-100  must be specifically referenced in
     the Plan.  Actual Investment Funds are  referenced  on  the Investment
     Fund Designation form attached to this Adoption Agreement.

(17) If  this  option  is selected, the Employer must establish appropriate
     procedures for implementation of the Plan's loan program.

(18) The date specified  is  for the refund of amount deferred in excess of
     the  Code  <section>402(g)   limit   (the   $7,000   limit)   for  the
     Participant's taxable year.

(19) The Employer shall have the right to designate all, or any portion  of
     Employer  Matching  Contributions as Qualified Matching Contributions,
     which shall then be subject  to  the  same  vesting, distribution, and
     withdrawal restrictions as Before Tax Contributions.

(20) Net Profits will never be required for the contribution  of Before Tax
     Contributions,   After   Tax   Contributions,   Qualified  Nonelective
     Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions.

(21) Notwithstanding anything in the Adoption Agreement  to  the  contrary,
     amounts   in  a  Participant's  account  attributable  to  Before  Tax
     Contributions,  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions,  and  Qualified
     Matching Contributions shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable  at all
     time.

(22) Notwithstanding the selection made in this Item B(7)(b), a Participant
     shall be fully vested in his or her Employer Contribution Accounts  if
     the  Participant  dies  or becomes Disabled while in the employ of the
     Employer.

(23) The provisions of this section will be administered by the Employer on
     a consistent and nondiscriminatory basis.
<PAGE>
         PRISM<reg-trade-mark> PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST

                                 ARTICLE I
                                DEFINITIONS

1.1    DEFINITIONS.  Unless the  context indicates otherwise, the following
       terms, when used herein with initial capital letters, shall have the
       meanings set forth below:

  (A)  ACCOUNTING DATE:  The date  which  is  the last business day of each
       month  of the Employer's Plan Year or such  other  date  as  may  be
       agreed upon  between  the  Employer and the Trustee, but only if the
       Employer  has  specifically requested  the  Trustee  to  prepare  an
       accounting on or  before  such date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
       the  Trustee shall value the  assets  held  in  the  Trust  on  each
       business  day  that  the Trustee and the New York Stock Exchange are
       open for business.

  (B)  ADOPTION AGREEMENT:  The Adoption Agreement adopting this Plan which
       has been executed by the  Employer  and  accepted  by  the  Trustee,
       including  any  amendment  thereof, which is incorporated herein  by
       reference.

  (C)  BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT:  This document,  which,  in connection with the
       Adoption Agreement forms the Plan.

  (D)  BENEFICIARY:  The person or persons to whom a deceased Participant's
       benefits are payable under the Plan.

  (E)  BREAK IN SERVICE:  A 12-consecutive month period  during  which  the
       Participant  does  not  complete  more than one-half of the Hours of
       Service with the Employer required for a Year of Service, as elected
       in the Adoption Agreement.  For eligibility  purposes,  the  initial
       12-consecutive month period is the period beginning on the Employees
       date   of   hire.    Subsequent  12-consecutive  month  periods  for
       eligibility purposes will  be either the period ending on the annual
       anniversary of the Employee's  date  of  hire  or  the Plan Year, as
       selected in the Adoption Agreement.  For all other purposes, the 12-
       consecutive   month  period  shall  be  the  Plan  Year,  or   other
       computation period  as  selected  in the Adoption Agreement.  If the
       elapsed time method of crediting service  is elected in the Adoption
       Agreement, "Break In Service" will mean a Period  of Severance of at
       least 12 consecutive months.

  (F)  CODE:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and amendments thereto.

  (G)  COMMITTEE:  The Committee provided for in Article XI, which shall be
       a  Named  Fiduciary  as  defined  in the Employee Retirement  Income
       Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").   To the extent that the
       Employer does not appoint a Committee, the Employer  shall  have the
       duty  of the day to day administration of the Plan and shall be  the
       Named Fiduciary for that purpose.

  (H)  COMPENSATION:    Compensation   shall  have  the  following  various
       definitions, as may be appropriate within the context of the Plan:

       (1)  Compensation as that term is  defined  in Section 6.6(A) of the
            Plan.  For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan,
            Compensation  will  mean  Earned  Income.   Compensation  shall
            include only that compensation which is actually  paid  to  the
            Participant   during   the  determination  period.   Except  as
            provided elsewhere in this Plan, the determination period shall
            be  the  period  elected  by   the  Employer  in  the  Adoption
            Agreement.    If   the   Employer  makes   no   election,   the
            determination period shall  be  the Plan Year.  For purposes of
            allocations   of   Employer   Profit   Sharing    or   Matching
            Contributions,   the  definition  of  Compensation  in  Section
            6.6(A)(2)(a)  shall  be  used,  as  modified  in  the  Adoption
            Agreement.

            Notwithstanding  the  above,  if elected by the Employer in the
            Adoption Agreement, Compensation  for allocation purposes shall
            include  any  amount  which  is  contributed  by  the  Employer
            pursuant  to  a salary reduction agreement  and  which  is  not
            includible in the  gross  income of the employee under Sections
            125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

       (2)  For  years beginning after December  31,  1988,  and  prior  to
            January  1,  1994,  the annual Compensation of each Participant
            taken into account for  determining all benefits provided under
            the  Plan  for  any  determination   period  shall  not  exceed
            $200,000.  This limitation shall be adjusted  by  the Secretary
            at the same time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d)
            of  the  Code  except  that  the  dollar increase in effect  on
            January  1  of any calendar year is effective  for  plan  years
            beginning in such calendar year and the first adjustment to the
            $200,000 limitation  is  effective  on  January 1, 1990.  After
            December 31, 1993, the annual Compensation  of each Participant
            taken into account for determining all benefits  provided under
            the   Plan  for  any  determination  period  shall  not  exceed
            $150,000,  or  such  other lesser amount as may be specified in
            the Adoption Agreement.   This  limitation shall be adjusted by
            the Secretary at the same time and  in the same manner as under
            Section 415(d) of the Code.  If a Plan  determines Compensation
            on  a  period  of  time  that contains fewer than  12  calendar
            months, then the annual Compensation  limit  is an amount equal
            to the annual Compensation limit for the calendar year in which
            the Compensation period begins multiplied by a  ratio  obtained
            by dividing the number of full months in the period by 12.

            In  determining  the Compensation of a Participant for purposes
            of this limitation,  the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code
            shall apply, except in  applying  such rules, the term "family"
            shall include only the Spouse of the Participant and any lineal
            descendants of the Participant who  have  not  attained  age 19
            before  the  close  of  the  year.   If,  as  a  result  of the
            application  of  such  rules  the  adjusted annual compensation
            limitation   is  exceeded,  then  (except   for   purposes   of
            determining the  portion  of Compensation up to the integration
            level  if  this Plan provides  for  permitted  disparity),  the
            limitation shall  be prorated among the affected individuals in
            proportion to each such individual's Compensation as determined
            under this Section prior to the application of this limitation.

            If compensation for  any  prior  determination  period is taken
            into  account  in  determining  an  Employee's  allocations  or
            benefits for the current determination period, the compensation
            for  such  prior  year  is  subject  to  the applicable  annual
            compensation  limit  in effect for that prior  year.  For  this
            purpose,  for  years beginning  before  January  1,  1990,  the
            applicable compensation  limit  is  $200,000.  In  addition, in
            determining  allocations  in  plan years beginning on or  after
            January 1, 1994, the annual compensation  limit  in  effect for
            determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000.

  (I)  DISABILITY:   The  inability  to  engage  in any substantial gainful
       activity by reason of any medically determinable  physical or mental
       impairment  which can be expected to result in death  or  which  has
       lasted or can  be  expected  to  last for a continuous period of not
       less than twelve (12) months.  The  permanence  and  degree  of such
       impairment  shall  be  supported  by medical evidence.  The Employer
       shall determine the existence of a  Disability  based on its current
       disability policy, applied on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

  (J)  EARNED INCOME:  The net earnings from self-employment  in  the trade
       or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which
       personal  services of the individual are a material income-producing
       factor.  Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not
       included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items.
       Net earnings  are  reduced  by  contributions  by  the Employer to a
       qualified  Plan to the extent deductible under Section  404  of  the
       Code.  Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction
       allowed to the  taxpayer  by  Section 164(f) of the Code for taxable
       years beginning after December 31, 1989.

  (K)  EARLY RETIREMENT DATE:  The date specified in the Adoption Agreement
       at which a participating Employee  may  receive  an early retirement
       benefit.

  (L)  EFFECTIVE DATE:  The date specified in the Adoption  Agreement which
       shall be the effective date of the provisions of this  Plan,  unless
       modified in Item B(18) of the Adoption Agreement.  If the Plan  is a
       restatement  of an existing Plan, the original effective date of the
       Plan shall be as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

  (M)  ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE:   Any  Employee  who  is  eligible  to receive an
       Employer  contribution (including forfeitures), as defined  in  Item
       B(6) of the Adoption Agreement.

  (N)  ELIGIBILITY  COMPUTATION  PERIOD:  For purposes of determining Years
       of Service and Breaks in Service  for  purposes  of eligibility, the
       initial  Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-consecutive  month
       period beginning on the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

       (1)  For plans in which the Eligibility Computation Periods commence
            on the  12-consecutive  month  anniversary  of  the  Employee's
            Employment  Commencement  Date,  the  succeeding 12-consecutive
            month  periods  commence  with  the  first anniversary  of  the
            Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

       (2)  For plans in which the Eligibility Computation Period shifts to
            the  Plan  Year,  the succeeding 12-consecutive  month  periods
            commence with the first  Plan Year which commences prior to the
            first  anniversary  of the Employee's  Employment  Commencement
            Date regardless of whether  the  Employee  is  entitled  to  be
            credited  with  number  of  Hours  of  Service specified in the
            Adoption  Agreement during the initial Eligibility  Computation
            Period.  An  Employee  who  is credited with number of Hours of
            Service specified in the Adoption Agreement in both the initial
            Eligibility Computation Period  and  the  first Plan Year which
            commences  prior  to  the first anniversary of  the  Employee's
            initial Eligibility Computation  Period  will  be credited with
            two   Years   of   Service  for  purposes  of  eligibility   to
            participate.

            Years of Service and  Breaks in Service will be measured on the
            same Eligibility Computation Period.

       (3)  Notwithstanding any other  provisions  of  this section, if the
            elapsed  time  method of crediting service is  elected  in  the
            Adoption Agreement  for  purposes  of  eligibility, an Employee
            will  receive  credit  for the aggregate of  all  time  periods
            completed  (as  may  be  elected  in  the  Adoption  Agreement)
            beginning with the Employee's  Employment  Commencement Date or
            Reemployment Commencement Date and ending on  the  date a Break
            In  Service begins.  The Employee will receive credit  for  any
            Period of Severance of less than 12 consecutive months.

  (O)  EMPLOYEE:   Any employee, including any Self Employed Individual, of
       the Employer  maintaining the Plan or of any other employer required
       to be aggregated  with such Employer under Sections 414(b), (c), (m)
       or (o) of the Code.

       The term Employee shall  also  include any Leased Employee deemed to
       be an Employee of any Employer described  in  the previous paragraph
       as provided in Sections 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

  (P)  EMPLOYER:  The Employer specified in the Adoption  Agreement and any
       successor  to  the business of the Employer establishing  the  Plan,
       which shall be the  Plan Administrator for purposes of Section 3(16)
       of ERISA, a Named Fiduciary  as  defined  in  ERISA,  and  which may
       delegate  all  or any part of its powers, duties and authorities  in
       such capacity without ceasing to be such Plan Administrator.

  (Q)  EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT  DATE:   The date on which an Employee first
       performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

  (R)  ENTRY DATE:  The date selected by  the  Employer  in Item B(6)(d) of
       the Adoption Agreement, which shall be:

       (1)  The  Effective  Date  of  the  Plan, for any Employee  who  has
            satisfied  the  eligibility  requirements   set  forth  in  the
            Adoption Agreement;

       (2)  The first day of the month which coincides with  or immediately
            follows   the   date   on  which  the  Employee  satisfies  the
            eligibility requirements set forth in the Adoption Agreement;

       (3)  The first day of the Plan Year or the fourth, seventh, or tenth
            month  of the Plan Year which  coincides  with  or  immediately
            follows   the   date  on  which  the  Employee  satisfies  such
            eligibility requirements;

       (4)  The first day of the Plan Year or the seventh month of the Plan
            Year which coincides  with  or  immediately follows the date on
            which the Employee satisfies such eligibility requirements;

       (5)  The first day of the Plan Year, but  only  if  the  eligibility
            service  requirements specified in Item B(6)(d) are six  months
            or less; or,

       (6)  As  soon as  practicable  after  the  Employee  satisfies  such
            eligibility  requirements  specified in the Adoption Agreement,
            but  in no event beyond the date  which  would  be  six  months
            following  the  date  on which the Employee first completes the
            eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

  (S)  ERISA:  The Employee Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974, as
       amended.

  (T)  HIGHLY  COMPENSATED  EMPLOYEE:  The term Highly Compensated Employee
       includes highly compensated active  employees and highly compensated
       former employees.

       A  highly  compensated active employee  includes  any  Employee  who
       performs service  for the Employer during the determination year and
       who, during the look-back  year:  (i) received Compensation from the
       Employer  in  excess  of $75,000 (as adjusted  pursuant  to  Section
       415(d) of the Code); (ii) received Compensation from the Employer in
       excess of $50,000 (as adjusted  pursuant  to  Section  415(d) of the
       Code) and was a member of the top-paid group for such year; or (iii)
       was an officer of the Employer and received Compensation during such
       year  that  is  greater than 50 percent of the dollar limitation  in
       effect under section  415(b)(1)(A)  of  the  Code.  The  term Highly
       Compensated  Employee  also  includes:   (i) Employees who are  both
       described in the preceding sentence if the term "determination year"
       is substituted for the term "look-back year" and the Employee is one
       of  the  100 Employees who receive the most  compensation  from  the
       Employer during the determination year; and (ii) Employees who are 5
       percent  owners   at   any   time   during  the  look-back  year  or
       determination year.

       If no officer has satisfied the Compensation  requirement  of  (iii)
       above  during  either  a  determination  year or look-back year, the
       highest  paid officer for such year shall be  treated  as  a  Highly
       Compensated Employee.

       For this purpose,  the  determination  year  shall be the Plan Year.
       The  look-back  year  shall  be the twelve-month period  immediately
       preceding  the  determination year.   A  highly  compensated  former
       employee includes  any  Employee  who separated from service (or was
       deemed to have separated) prior to  the determination year, performs
       no service for the Employer during the determination year, and was a
       highly compensated active employee for either the separation year or
       any  determination  year  ending  on or after  the  Employee's  55th
       birthday.

       If an Employee is, during a determination  year or look-back year, a
       family member of either a 5 percent owner who is an active or former
       employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who  is one of the 10 most
       Highly  Compensated  Employees ranked on the basis  of  Compensation
       paid by the Employer during  such  year,  then the family member and
       the 5 percent owner or top-ten Highly Compensated  Employee shall be
       aggregated.  In such case, the family member and 5 percent  owner or
       top-ten  Highly  Compensated  Employee  shall be treated as a single
       employee receiving Compensation and Plan  contributions  or benefits
       equal to the sum of such Compensation and contributions or  benefits
       of  the  family  member  and  5  percent  owner  or  top-ten  Highly
       Compensated Employee.

       For  purposes  of  this  Section, family member includes the Spouse,
       lineal ascendants and descendants of the employee or former employee
       and the spouses of such lineal ascendants and descendants.

       The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including
       the determinations of the  number  and  identity of Employees in the
       top-paid  group,  the  top 100 Employees, the  number  of  Employees
       treated as officers and the Compensation that is considered, will be
       made  in  accordance  with  Section  414(q)  of  the  Code  and  the
       regulations thereunder.

  (U)  HOUR OF SERVICE:

       (1)  Each  hour for which  an  Employee  is  paid,  or  entitled  to
            payment,  for the performance of duties for the Employer. These
            hours shall  be  credited  to  the Employee for the computation
            period in which the duties are performed; and

       (2)  Each  hour  for  which an Employee  is  paid,  or  entitled  to
            payment, by the Employer  on account of a period of time during
            which  no duties are performed  (irrespective  of  whether  the
            employment   relationship  has  terminated)  due  to  vacation,
            holiday, illness,  incapacity  (including  Disability), layoff,
            jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence.   No  more  than
            501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph for
            any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs
            in  a  single  computation period).  Hours under this paragraph
            shall  be  calculated   and   credited   pursuant   to  Section
            2530.200b-2  of  the Department of Labor Regulations which  are
            incorporated herein by reference; and

       (3)  Each hour for which  back  pay,  irrespective  of mitigation of
            damages,  is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.   The
            same  Hours  of  Service  shall  not  be  credited  both  under
            subparagraph  (1)  or subparagraph (2), as the case may be, and
            under this subparagraph  (3).  These hours shall be credited to
            the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the
            award or agreement pertains  rather  than  for  the computation
            period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

            Hours  of  Service will be credited for employment  with  other
            members of an  affiliated service group (under Section 414(m)),
            a controlled group of corporations (under Section 414(b)), or a
            group of trades  or  businesses  under  common  control  (under
            Section 414(c)) of which the adopting Employer is a member, and
            any  other  entity  required to be aggregated with the Employer
            pursuant to Section 414(o).

            Hours of Service will  also  be  credited  for  any  individual
            considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Sections
            414(n) or 414(o).

       (4)  Where   the  Employer  maintains  the  Plan  of  a  predecessor
            employer,  service  for  such  predecessor  employer  shall  be
            treated  as service for the Employer.  If the Employer does not
            maintain the  Plan of a predecessor employer, the Plan does not
            credit  service  with  the  predecessor  employer,  unless  the
            Employer  identifies  the predecessor in its Adoption Agreement
            and specifies the purposes  for  which  the  Plan  will  credit
            service with that predecessor employer.

       (5)  Solely  for purposes of determining whether a Break-in-Service,
            as defined  in  Section  1.1(E),  for participation and vesting
            purposes has occurred in a computation  period,  an  individual
            who  is  absent  from  work  for maternity or paternity reasons
            shall  receive  credit for the Hours  of  Service  which  would
            otherwise have been  credited  to  such individual but for such
            absence,  or  in  any  case  in  which  such  hours  cannot  be
            determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of  such  absence.   For
            purposes  of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity
            or paternity  reasons  means  an  absence  (1) by reason of the
            pregnancy  of the individual, (2) by reason of  a  birth  of  a
            child of the  individual,  (3)  by reason of the placement of a
            child with the individual in connection  with  the  adoption of
            such  child  by such individual, or (4) for purposes of  caring
            for such child  for  a  period  beginning immediately following
            such birth or placement.  The Hours  of  Service credited under
            this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the  computation period
            in  which the absence begins if the crediting is  necessary  to
            prevent  a Break-in-Service in that period, or (2) in all other
            cases, in the following computation period.

       (6)  Hours of Service  will be determined on the basis of the method
            selected in the Adoption Agreement.

  (V)  INVESTMENT FUND:  One of the funds provided for in Section 10.7, and
       as selected by the Employer, as a Named Fiduciary, on the Investment
       Fund Designation portion of the Adoption Agreement.

  (W)  LEASED  EMPLOYEE:   Any  person  (other  than  an  employee  of  the
       recipient) who pursuant to  an  agreement  between the recipient and
       any other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for
       the recipient (or for the recipient and related  persons  determined
       in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially
       full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services
       are  of  a  type historically performed by employees in the business
       field of the recipient employer.  Contributions or benefits provided
       a leased employee by the leasing organization which are attributable
       to services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as
       provided by the recipient employer.

       A leased employee  shall  not  be  considered  an  employee  of  the
       recipient  if:  (i)  such  employee  is  covered by a money purchase
       pension  Plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated  employer  contribution
       rate of at  least  10 percent of compensation, as defined in Section
       415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed pursuant to
       a  salary  reduction  agreement   which   are  excludable  from  the
       employee's  gross  income  under  Section  125,  Section  402(e)(3),
       Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the  Code,  (2)  immediate
       participation,  and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii)  leased
       employees do not  constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's
       nonhighly compensated workforce.

  (X)  NET PROFITS:  Current  and  accumulated  earnings  of  the  Employer
       before  Federal  and  state taxes and contributions to this and  any
       other qualified Plan, determined  by the Employer in accordance with
       generally accepted accounting principles.

  (Y)  NONHIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE:  An  Employee of the Employer who is
       neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member.

  (Z)  NORMAL  RETIREMENT  DATE:   The  date  specified   in  the  Adoption
       Agreement at which a participant shall become fully  vested  in  his
       account balances, as provided for in this document.

  (AA) OWNER-EMPLOYEE:  An individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a
       partner owning more than 10 percent of either the capital or profits
       interest of the partnership.

  (BB) PAIRED  PLANS:   The  Employer has adopted Plan #001 and Plan # 003,
       both using this basic Plan  document,  which  constitutes  a  set of
       "paired plans" as defined by the Internal Revenue Service in Revenue
       Procedure 89-9, or any successor thereto.

  (CC) PARTICIPANT:   A  person  who  becomes  eligible  to  participate in
       accordance   with   the   provisions   of   Article  II,  and  whose
       participation has not been terminated.

  (DD) PERMITTED  DISPARITY  LEVEL:   The level selected  in  the  Adoption
       Agreement, not to exceed the Taxable  Wage  Base  in  effect  at the
       beginning   of  the  Plan  Year.   The  Taxable  Wage  Base  is  the
       contribution  and  benefit  base  under  section  230  of the Social
       Security Act at the beginning of the year.

  (EE) PERIOD   OF   SERVICE:   The  period  beginning  on  the  Employee's
       Employment Commencement  Date or Reemployment Commencement Date, and
       ending on the date a Period  of Severance begins.  The Employee will
       receive credit for any Period of Service of less than 12 consecutive
       months.  Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in days.

  (FF) PERIOD OF SEVERANCE:  A continuous  period  of time during which the
       Employee  is not employed by the Employer.  A  Period  of  Severance
       begins on the date the Employee retires, quits, or is discharged, or
       dies, or if  earlier,  the  twelve  month anniversary of the date on
       which the Employee was first absent from  work for any other reason;
       provided,  that if an Employee is absent from  work  for  any  other
       reason and retires,  quits, is discharged, or dies within 12 months,
       the Period of Severance  begins  on  the  day  the  Employee  quits,
       retires, is discharged, or dies.

  (GG) PLAN:   This  Plan  established  by the Employer as embodied in this
       agreement  and  in  the  Adoption  Agreement,   and  all  subsequent
       amendments thereto.

  (HH) PLAN  YEAR:   The  12-consecutive  month  period designated  by  the
       Employer in the Adoption Agreement.  In the  event that the original
       Effective Date is not the first day of the Plan Year, the first Plan
       Year shall be a short Plan Year, beginning on the original Effective
       Date, and ending on the last day of the Plan Year  as  specified  in
       the Adoption Agreement.

  (II) QUALIFIED  DISTRIBUTION  DATE:   For  purposes  of Section 7.13, the
       Qualified Distribution Date, if selected in the Adoption  Agreement,
       shall  be  the  earliest  retirement  date specified in Code Section
       414(p)  and shall operate to allow a distribution  to  an  Alternate
       Payee at  the  time  a  domestic relations order is determined to be
       qualified.

  (JJ) REEMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT  DATE:   The  date  on  which  an Employee
       completes  an  Hour  of  Service with the Employer after a Break  In
       Service or a Period of Severance.

  (KK) RELATED  EMPLOYERS:  Any employer  related  to  the  Employer  as  a
       controlled   group   of   corporations   (as   defined   in  Section
       <section>414(b)  of  the  Code),  a  group  of  trades or businesses
       (whether  or  not incorporated) which are under common  control  (as
       defined in Section  414(c))  or  an  affiliated  service  group  (as
       defined in Section 414(m) or in Section 414(o) of the Code).  If the
       Employer  is  a  member  of  a  related  group,  the term "Employer"
       includes the related group members for purposes of  crediting  Hours
       of Service, determining Years of Service and Breaks in Service under
       Article  II,  applying  participation and coverage testing, applying
       the limitations on allocations  in  Section  6.6,  applying  the top
       heavy  rules and the minimum allocation requirements of Article  IX,
       the  definitions   of   Employee,   Highly   Compensated   Employee,
       Compensation and Leased Employee, and for any other purpose required
       by the applicable Code section or by a Plan provision.  However,  an
       Employer  may  contribute  to  the Plan only by signing the Adoption
       Agreement or a Participation Agreement  to  the  Employer's Adoption
       Agreement.  If one or more of the Employer's related  group  members
       become   Participating   Employers   by  executing  a  Participation
       Agreement to the Employer's Adoption Agreement,  the term "Employer"
       includes the participating related group members for all purposes of
       the Plan, and "Plan Administrator" means the Employer  that  is  the
       signatory to the Adoption Agreement.

       If  the Employer's Plan is a standardized Plan, all Employees of the
       Employer  or  of  any  member  of  the Employer's related group, are
       eligible to participate in the Plan,  irrespective  of  whether  the
       related   group   member   directly  employing  the  Employee  is  a
       Participating Employer.  If the Employer's Plan is a nonstandardized
       Plan,  the  Employer must specify  in  Item  B(5)  of  its  Adoption
       Agreement, whether  the  Employees of related group members that are
       not Participating Employers are eligible to participate in the Plan.
       Under a nonstandardized Plan, the Employer may elect to exclude from
       the  definition  of  "Compensation"   for  allocation  purposes  any
       Compensation received from a related employer  that has not executed
       a Participation Agreement and whose Employees are  not  eligible  to
       participate in the Plan.

  (LL) SELF-EMPLOYED  INDIVIDUAL:   An individual who has Earned Income for
       the taxable year from the trade  or  business  for which the Plan is
       established; also, an individual who would have  had  Earned  Income
       but  for the fact that the trade or business had no Net Profits  for
       the taxable year.

  (MM) SPOUSE:   The  person  to whom the Participant is legally married at
       the relevant time.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if selected in
       the Adoption Agreement, Spouse shall only refer to an individual  to
       whom  a Participant has been married to for a period of at least one
       year, ending at the relevant time.

  (NN) STOCKHOLDER-EMPLOYEE:   An  employee or officer of an electing small
       business (Subchapter S) corporation  who  owns  (or is considered as
       owning within the meaning of Section 318(a)(1) of  the Code), on any
       day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than 5% of the
       outstanding stock of the corporation.

  (OO) TERMINATION DATE:  The date on which a Participant's  employment  is
       terminated as provided in Section 5.1.

  (PP) TRUSTEE:   The  entity  specified  in  Item  B(17)  of  the Adoption
       Agreement,  which  shall  be  any  bank  or  trust company which  is
       affiliated with KeyCorp. within the meaning of  Section  1504 of the
       Code,  each  of which with full trust powers, and its successors  by
       merger or reorganization.

  (QQ) TRUST FUND:  All assets held under the Plan by the Trustee.

  (RR) VALUATION DATE.   The date on which the assets of the Trust shall be
       valued, as provided  for  herein,  with  earning or losses since the
       previous   Valuation   Date  being  credited,  as   appropriate   to
       Participant accounts.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the contrary in
       the Plan,  the Valuation date shall be each business  day  that  the
       Trustee  and the New York Stock Exchange are each open for business,
       provided,  however, that the Trustee shall not be obligated to value
       the Trust in  the  event,  through circumstances beyond its control,
       appropriate prices may not be  obtained  for  the assets held in the
       Investment Funds.

  (SS) VESTING COMPUTATION PERIOD.  The Vesting Computation Period shall be
       the  12-consecutive  month period selected by the  Employer  in  the
       Adoption Agreement.

  (TT) YEAR OF PARTICIPATION:  For purposes of vesting, a twelve (12) month
       period in which an Employee  has a balance in an account established
       under a 401(k)/401(m) arrangement regardless of whether the Employee
       is currently making contributions under the arrangement.

  (UU) YEAR  OF SERVICE:  (i)  If the  elapsed  time  method  of  crediting
       service is elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Year of Service will
       mean a  one-year  Period  of Service.  If the actual hours method of
       crediting service is elected  in  the  Adoption Agreement, a Year of
       Service will mean a 12-consecutive month  period as specified in the
       Adoption Agreement during which the Employee completes the number of
       Hours  of  Service (not to exceed 1000) specified  in  the  Adoption
       Agreement.

1.2    GENDER AND NUMBER.   Unless  the  context  indicates  otherwise, the
       masculine  shall  include  the  feminine,  and the use of any  words
       herein in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

1.3    CONTROL  OF TRADES OR BUSINESSES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE.   If  this  Plan
       provides contributions  or  benefits for one or more Owner-Employees
       who control both the business for which this Plan is established and
       one  or more other trades or businesses,  this  Plan  and  the  Plan
       established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at as a
       single  Plan,  satisfy  Sections 401(a) and (d) for the employees of
       this and all other trades or businesses.

  If  the  Plan  provides  contributions   or  benefits  for  one  or  more
  Owner-Employees who control one or more other  trades  or businesses, the
  employees of the other trades or businesses must be included  in  a  Plan
  which  satisfies Sections 401(a) and (d) and which provides contributions
  and benefits  not  less favorable than provided for Owner-Employees under
  this Plan.

  If an individual is  covered  as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two
  or more trades or businesses which  are not controlled and the individual
  controls a trade or business, then the  contributions  or benefits of the
  employees under the Plan of the trades or businesses which are controlled
  must be as favorable as those provided for him under the  most  favorable
  Plan of the trade or business which is not controlled.

  For  purposes  of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or two  or
  more Owner-Employees,  will  be considered to control a trade or business
  if the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

  (1)  Own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business, or

  (2)  In the case of a partnership,  own  more  than  50 percent of either
       capital interest or the profits interest in the partnership.

  For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two or more
  Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any interest  in a partnership
  which  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly, by a partnership which  such
  Owner-Employee, or such two or more  Owner-Employees,  are  considered to
  control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

                                ARTICLE II
                          ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING

2.1    ELIGIBILITY.

  (A)  PARTICIPATION.    Every   Employee   who   meets   the   eligibility
       requirements  specified  by  the  Employer in the Adoption Agreement
       shall become eligible to commence participation in this Plan.

  (B)  COMMENCEMENT OF PARTICIPATION.

       (1)  For purposes of Money Purchase  Pension  Plans,  Profit Sharing
            Plans and 401(k) Plans with Profit Sharing Contributions,  each
            Eligible  Employee  shall  commence  participation on the Entry
            Date.

       (2)  For  purposes  of 401(k) and 401(m) arrangements,  an  Eligible
            Employee may, but  is  not required to, enroll as a Participant
            as  of  the Entry Date on  which  such  Employee  is  initially
            eligible  by  filing  with  the  Committee before such date, an
            enrollment form prescribed by the  Committee.   The time period
            for  filing  an  enrollment  form  shall be determined  by  the
            Committee.  The form shall include an authorization and request
            to the Employer to deduct from such  Participant's Compensation
            in  each  pay  period the designated After  Tax  Contributions,
            and/or to reduce  such  Participant's  Compensation in each pay
            period   by   the   amount   of   the  designated  Before   Tax
            Contributions.

  (C)  YEARS OF SERVICE COUNTED TOWARDS ELIGIBILITY.   All Years of Service
       with  the  Employer  are  counted  toward  eligibility   except  the
       following:

       (1)  In a Plan which (a) requires an Employee to complete  more than
            one  Year  of  Service  as  an  eligibility requirement and (b)
            provides  immediate 100% vesting in  a  Participant's  Employer
            Contribution  Account  after  not  more  than  two (2) Years of
            Service,  if  an Employee has a 1-year Break in Service  before
            satisfying the  Plan's  requirement  for  eligibility,  service
            before such break will not be taken into account.

       (2)  In   the   case   of  a  Participant  who  does  not  have  any
            nonforfeitable  right  to  the  account  balance  derived  from
            Employer contributions,  Years  of  Service  before a period of
            consecutive  1-year Breaks in Service will not  be  taken  into
            account in computing  eligibility  service  if  the  number  of
            consecutive  1-year  Breaks in Service in such period equals or
            exceeds the greater of  5  or  the aggregate number of Years of
            Service.  Such aggregate number  of  Years  of Service will not
            include  any Years of Service disregarded under  the  preceding
            sentence by reason of prior Breaks in Service.

       (3)  If a Participant's Years of Service are disregarded pursuant to
            the preceding  paragraph, such Participant will be treated as a
            new Employee for  eligibility  purposes.   If  a  Participant's
            Years  of  Service  may  not  be  disregarded  pursuant to  the
            preceding   paragraph,  such  Participant  shall  continue   to
            participate in  the  Plan, or, if terminated, shall participate
            immediately upon reemployment.

  (D)  ELIGIBILITY BREAK IN SERVICE,  ONE  YEAR HOLD-OUT RULE.  If the Plan
       is a nonstandardized Plan, then:

       (1)  In  the  case of any Participant who  has  a  1-year  Break  in
            Service or  Severance, years of eligibility service before such
            break will not  be  taken  into  account until the Employee has
            completed a Year of Service after returning to employment.

       (2)  For plans in which the eligibility computation is measured with
            reference to the Employment Commencement  Date,  such  Year  of
            Service   will   be   measured   beginning  on  the  Employee's
            Reemployment Commencement Date and,  if  necessary,  subsequent
            12-consecutive month periods beginning on anniversaries  of the
            Reemployment Commencement Date.

       (3)  For plans which shift the Eligibility Computation Period to the
            Plan  Year,  such  Year  of  Service  will  be  measured by the
            12-consecutive   month   period  beginning  on  the  Employee's
            Reemployment Commencement  Date  and,  if necessary, Plan Years
            beginning  with  the  Plan  Year  which  includes   the   first
            anniversary of the Reemployment Commencement Date.

       (4)  If a Participant completes a Year of Service in accordance with
            this provision, his or her participation will be reinstated  as
            a Participant as of the Reemployment Commencement Date.

  (E)  PARTICIPATION UPON RETURN TO ELIGIBLE CLASS.

       (1)  In the event a Participant is no longer a member of an eligible
            class  of  Employees  and becomes ineligible to participate but
            has  not  incurred a Break  In  Service,  such  Employee  shall
            participate  immediately upon returning to an eligible class of
            Employees.  If  such  Participant  incurs  a  Break  In Service
            eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules
            of the Plan.

       (2)  In  the  event  an  Employee who is not a member of an eligible
            class of Employees becomes  a member of an eligible class, such
            Employee  will participate immediately  if  such  Employee  has
            satisfied the  minimum  age  and service requirements and would
            have otherwise previously become a Participant.

2.2    VESTING.

  (A)  VESTING  SCHEDULE.   In  the  case  of an  Employee  who  terminates
       participation  under  this Plan for any  reason  other  than  death,
       Disability,  or employment  at  the  Normal  Retirement  Date,  such
       Participant, as  of  the  last  day  of his participation under this
       Plan,  shall  have a vested interest in  his  Employer  Contribution
       Account pursuant  to  the  formula  specified by the Employer in the
       Adoption Agreement.

  (B)  VESTING UPON NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE.   Notwithstanding  the  vesting
       schedule elected by the Employer in Items B(7)(a) or C(4)(d) of  the
       Adoption  Agreement,  an  Employee's  right  to  his or her Employer
       Contribution  balance  shall  be  nonforfeitable  at the  Employee's
       Normal Retirement Date.

  (C)  VESTING  BREAK  IN  SERVICE - 1 YEAR HOLDOUT.  In the  case  of  any
       Participant who has incurred  a  1-year  Break  in Service, Years of
       Service before such break will not be taken into  account  until the
       Participant  has  completed  a  Year of Service after such Break  in
       Service.

  (D)  VESTING FOR PRE-BREAK AND POST-BREAK  ACCOUNT.   In  the  case  of a
       Participant  who has 5 or more consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service,
       all service after such Breaks in Service will be disregarded for the
       purpose of vesting the employer-derived account balance that accrued
       before such Breaks in Service.  Such Participant's pre-break service
       will  count  in  vesting  the  post-break  employer-derived  account
       balance only if either:

       (1)  such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the account
            balance attributable  to  employer contributions at the time of
            separation from service; or

       (2)  upon  returning to service the  number  of  consecutive  1-year
            Breaks  in Service is less than the number of Years of Service.
            Separate  accounts  will  be  maintained  for the Participant's
            pre-break and post-break Employer Contribution Account balance.
            Both  accounts  will share in the earnings and  losses  of  the
            Trust Fund.

  (E)  AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE.   If  the  Plan's vesting schedule is
       amended,  or  the  Plan  is  amended  in any way  that  directly  or
       indirectly   affects   the   computation   of   the    Participant's
       nonforfeitable  percentage  or if the Plan is deemed amended  by  an
       automatic  change  to or from a  top-heavy  vesting  schedule,  each
       Participant with at  least  three  (3)  Years  of  Service  with the
       Employer may elect within a reasonable period after the adoption  of
       the  amendment  or  change,  to  have  the nonforfeitable percentage
       computed under this Plan without regard to such amendment or change.
       For Participants who do not have at least  1  Hour of Service in any
       Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the  preceding sentence
       shall be applied by substituting "5 Years of Service"  for  "3 Years
       of Service" where such language appears.

       This  period  during  which  the election may be made shall commence
       with the date the amendment is  adopted  or  deemed  to  be made and
       shall end on the latest of:

       (1)  Sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;
       (2)  Sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or
       (3)  Sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written  notice
            of the amendment by the Employer or Committee.

  (F)  AMENDMENT AFFECTING VESTED AND/OR ACCRUED BENEFITS.  No amendment to
       the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect  of
       decreasing  a  Participant's  accrued  benefit.  Notwithstanding the
       preceding sentence, a Participant's account  balance  may be reduced
       to  the extent permitted under Section 412(c)(8) of the  Code.   For
       purposes of this paragraph, a Plan amendment which has the effect of
       decreasing   a  Participant's  account  balance  or  eliminating  an
       optional form  of  benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to
       service before the amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued
       benefit.  Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended,
       in the case of an Employee  who  is a Participant as of the later of
       the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective,
       the nonforfeitable percentage (determined  as  of such date) of such
       Employee's Employer-derived accrued benefit will  not  be  less than
       the  percentage  computed  under  the  Plan  without  regard to such
       amendment.

                                ARTICLE III
                 CODE 401(K) AND CODE 401(M) ARRANGEMENTS

3.1    PROVISION  RELATING TO BOTH BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS AND  AFTER  TAX
       CONTRIBUTIONS.

  (A)  DEFINITIONS:   The  following  definitions  are  applicable  to this
       Article of the Plan.

       (1)  ACTUAL  DEFERRAL  PERCENTAGE OR ADP:  for a specified group  of
            Participants  for a  Plan  Year,  the  average  of  the  ratios
            (calculated separately  for  each Participant in such group) of
            (1) the amount of Employer contributions  actually paid over to
            the trust on behalf of such Participant for  the  Plan  Year to
            (2)  the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year (whether
            or not the Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year,
            but limited  to  that  portion  of  the  Plan Year in which the
            Employee was an Eligible Participant if the  Employer so elects
            for  such Plan Year to so limit Compensation for  all  Eligible
            Employees).    Employer   contributions   on   behalf   of  any
            Participant shall include (1) any Before Tax Contributions made
            pursuant  to  the  Participant's  deferral  election, including
            Excess  Before  Tax  Contributions,  but excluding  Before  Tax
            Contributions that are taken into account  in  the Contribution
            Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied  both  with
            and  without  exclusion of these Before Tax Contributions); and
            (2) at the election  of  the  Employer,  Qualified Non-elective
            Contributions   and  Qualified  Matching  Contributions.    For
            purposes of computing  Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee
            who would be a Participant  but  for the failure to make Before
            Tax Contributions shall be treated  as  a  participant on whose
            behalf no Before Tax Contributions are made.

       (2)  AFTER   TAX  CONTRIBUTIONS  ("EMPLOYEE  CONTRIBUTIONS"):    Any
            contribution made  to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant
            that is included in  the Participant's gross income in the year
            in which made and that  is  maintained under a separate account
            to which earnings and losses are allocated.

       (3)  AGGREGATE LIMIT:  The sum of  (i) 125 percent of the greater of
            the ADP of the Non-highly Compensated  Employees  for  the Plan
            Year  or the ACP of Non-highly Compensated Employees under  the
            Plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning
            with  or   within  the  Plan  Year  of  the  cash  or  deferred
            arrangement  and (ii) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser
            of such ADP or  ACP.   "Lesser" is substituted for "greater" in
            "(i)", above, and "greater"  is  substituted for "lesser" after
            "two  plus  the"  in  "(ii)" if it would  result  in  a  larger
            Aggregate Limit.

       (4)  AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE OR ACP:  the average (expressed
            as  a  percentage)  of  the  Contribution  Percentages  of  the
            Eligible Participants in a group.

       (5)  BEFORE  TAX  CONTRIBUTIONS  ("ELECTIVE  DEFERRALS"):   Employer
            contributions  made  to   the  Plan  at  the  election  of  the
            Participant, in lieu of cash  compensation, which shall include
            contributions made pursuant to  a salary reduction agreement or
            other deferral mechanism.  With respect  to any taxable year, a
            Participant's  Before  Tax Contributions are  the  sum  of  all
            Employer  contributions made  on  behalf  of  such  Participant
            pursuant to  an  election  to defer under any qualified cash or
            deferred arrangement as described  in  Section  401(k)  of  the
            Code,   any   simplified  employee  pension  cash  or  deferred
            arrangement as  described  in  Code  Section  402(h)(1)(B), any
            eligible deferred compensation Plan under Code Section 457, any
            Plan as described under Code Section 457, any Plan as described
            under  Code Section 501(c)(18), and any Employer  contributions
            made on  behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity
            contract  under  Code  Section  403(b)  pursuant  to  a  salary
            reduction agreement.

       (6)  CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE:  The ratio (expressed as a percentage)
            of the Participant's  Contribution  Percentage  Amounts  to the
            Participant's  Compensation  for  the Plan Year (whether or not
            the Employee was a Participant for  the  entire  Plan Year, but
            limited to that portion of the Plan Year in which  the Employee
            was an Eligible Participant if the Employer so elects  for such
            Plan Year to so limit Compensation for all Eligible Employees).

       (7)  CONTRIBUTION  PERCENTAGE  AMOUNTS:   The  sum  of the After Tax
            Contributions,  Matching Contributions, and Qualified  Matching
            Contributions  (to  the  extent  not  taken  into  account  for
            purposes of the  ADP test) made under the Plan on behalf of the
            Participant for the  Plan  Year.   Such Contribution Percentage
            Amounts  shall  not  include  Matching Contributions  that  are
            forfeited either to correct Excess  Aggregate  Contributions or
            because  the  contributions  to  which  they relate are  Excess
            Before  Tax  Contributions,  Excess  Contributions   or  Excess
            Aggregate   Contributions.   If  so  elected  in  the  Adoption
            Agreement  the  Employer  may  include  Qualified  Non-elective
            Contributions  in  the  Contribution  Percentage  Amounts.  The
            Employer also may elect to use Before Tax Contributions  in the
            Contribution Percentage Amounts so long as the ADP test is  met
            before  the  Before  Tax Contributions are used in the ACP test
            and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Before
            Tax Contributions that are used to meet the ACP test.

       (8)  ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT:   Any Employee who is eligible to make an
            After Tax Contribution or  a  Before  Tax  Contribution (if the
            Employer   takes  such  contributions  into  account   in   the
            calculation  of  the  Contribution Percentage), or to receive a
            Matching Contribution (including  forfeitures)  or  a Qualified
            Matching  Contribution.   If  an  After  Tax  Contribution   is
            required  as  a  condition  of  participation  in the Plan, any
            Employee  who  would  be  a  Participant  in the Plan  if  such
            Employee  made  such  a  contribution shall be  treated  as  an
            eligible Employee on behalf  of whom no After Tax Contributions
            are made.

       (9)  EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS:  With respect to any Plan Year,
            the excess of:

            (a)  The aggregate Contribution  Percentage  Amounts taken into
                 account  in  computing  the numerator of the  Contribution
                 Percentage actually made  on  behalf of Highly Compensated
                 Employees for such Plan Year, over

            (b)  The maximum Contribution Percentage  Amounts  permitted by
                 the ACP test (determined by reducing contributions made on
                 behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order  of  their
                 Contribution  Percentages  beginning  with  the highest of
                 such percentages).

                 Such  determination shall be made after first  determining
                 Excess Before Tax Contributions pursuant to Section 3.2(D)
                 and (E) and then determining Excess Contributions pursuant
                 to section 3.2(F), (G) and (H).

       (10) EXCESS BEFORE  TAX CONTRIBUTIONS ("EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS"):
            Those  Before  Tax  Contributions  that  are  includible  in  a
            Participant's gross  income under Section 402(g) of the Code to
            the extent such Participant's  Before  Tax  Contributions for a
            taxable  year  exceed  the  dollar limitation under  such  Code
            section.  Excess Before Tax Contributions  shall  be treated as
            Annual  Additions  under  the  Plan,  unless  such amounts  are
            distributed  no  later  than  the first April 15 following  the
            close  of the Participants taxable  year.   Excess  Before  Tax
            Contributions  shall  be  adjusted for income or loss up to the
            end of the taxable year of  the Employee, and if elected in the
            Adoption Agreement, for the income  or loss attributable to the
            period from the end of the Employee's  taxable year to the date
            of  distribution  (the  "Gap  Period").   The  income  or  loss
            allocable to Excess Before Tax Contributions  is (1) the income
            or loss allocable to the Participant's Before Tax  Contribution
            Account  for  the  taxable  year multiplied by a fraction,  the
            numerator  of  which is such Participant's  Excess  Before  Tax
            Contributions  for   the   year  and  the  denominator  is  the
            Participant's  account  balance   attributable  to  Before  Tax
            Contributions without regard to any  income  or  loss occurring
            during such taxable year plus, (2) if Gap Period income or loss
            applies,  ten  percent  of  the  amount  determined  under  (1)
            multiplied  by the number of whole calendar months between  the
            end  of  the  Participant's   taxable  year  and  the  date  of
            distribution,   counting   the   month   of   distribution   if
            distribution occurs after the 15th of such month.

       (11) EXCESS  CONTRIBUTIONS:  With respect  to  any  Plan  Year,  the
            excess of:

            (a)  The  aggregate  amount  of Employer contributions actually
                 taken  into  account  in  computing   the  ADP  of  Highly
                 Compensated Employee for such Plan Year, over

            (b)  The maximum amount of such contributions  permitted by the
                 ADP  test  (determined by reducing contributions  made  on
                 behalf of Highly  Compensated  Employee  in  order  of the
                 ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages).

       (12) MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:  An Employer contribution made  to this
            or   any  other  defined  contribution  Plan  on  behalf  of  a
            Participant  on  account  of  an After Tax Contribution made by
            such Participant, or on account  of  a Participant's Before Tax
            Contribution, under a Plan maintained by the Employer.

       (13) QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:  Matching Contributions which
            are   subject   to   the   distribution  and  nonforfeitability
            requirements  under  Section 401(k)  of  the  Code  when  made.
            Qualified Matching Contributions  shall  be  allocated,  in the
            discretion  of  Employer, to the accounts of all Employees,  or
            only to the accounts of Non-highly Compensated Employees.

       (14) QUALIFIED  NON-ELECTIVE  CONTRIBUTIONS:   Contributions  (other
            than   Matching    Contributions    or    Qualified    Matching
            Contributions)   made   by   the   Employer  and  allocated  to
            Participants' accounts that the Participants  may  not elect to
            receive  in  cash  until  distributed  from the Plan; that  are
            nonforfeitable  when made; and that are distributable  only  in
            accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable
            to   Before   Tax   Contributions    and   Qualified   Matching
            Contributions.  Qualified Non-elective  Contributions  shall be
            allocated,  in  the discretion of Employer, to the accounts  of
            all  Employees,  or   only   to   the  accounts  of  Non-highly
            Compensated Employees.

  (B)  NONFORFEITABILITY AND VESTING.  The Participant's  accrued  benefits
       derived  from  Before  Tax Contributions and After Tax Contributions
       are nonforfeitable and fully vested.

  (C)  NOTICE TO COMMITTEE.  The Committee shall set the time period during
       which a Participant may provide written notice to increase, decrease
       or terminate Before Tax Contributions and After Tax Contributions.

  (D)  SUSPENSION AFTER RECEIPT  OF HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION.  If the Employer
       has elected in the Adoption  Agreement  to  have  the  "safe harbor"
       hardship  rules  apply,  an Employee's Before Tax Contributions  and
       After Tax Contributions shall  be  suspended for twelve months after
       the receipt by such Employee of a Hardship  distribution (as defined
       in Section 3.9) from this Plan or any other Plan  maintained  by the
       Employer.

  (E)  SEPARATE  ACCOUNTS.   Separate accounts for Before Tax Contributions
       and After Tax Contributions will be maintained for each Participant.
       Each account will be credited  with the applicable contributions and
       earnings thereon.

3.2  BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. (ELECTIVE DEFERRALS).

  (A)  ALLOCATION OF BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.   If  the  Employer  selects
       Item C(2) in the Adoption Agreement, for each Plan Year the Employer
       will  contribute  and  allocate  to  each  Participant's  Before Tax
       Contribution   Account   an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the
       Participant's Before Tax Contributions.   The provisions of the cash
       or deferred arrangement may be made effective as of the first day of
       the  Plan  Year  in which the cash or deferred  option  is  adopted,
       however, under no  circumstances may a salary reduction agreement or
       other  deferral mechanism  be  adopted  retroactively.   Before  Tax
       Contributions must be contributed and allocated to the Plan no later
       than thirty (30) days after the close of the Plan Year for which the
       contributions  are deemed to be made, or such other time as provided
       in applicable regulations under the Code.

  (B)  BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS  PURSUANT  TO A SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENT.
       To the extent provided in the Adoption  Agreement, a Participant may
       elect to have Before Tax Contributions made under this Plan.  Before
       Tax Contributions shall be continuing contributions  through payroll
       deduction made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.

       (1)  COMMENCEMENT  OF  BEFORE  TAX  CONTRIBUTIONS.  An Employee  may
            elect to commence Before Tax Contributions  as  of  his  or her
            Entry Date as described in Section 2.1(B).  Such election shall
            not become effective before the Entry Date.  Such election  may
            not be made retroactively.

       (2)  MODIFICATION  AND  TERMINATION  OF BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.  A
            Participant's  election to commence  Before  Tax  Contributions
            shall  remain  in  effect  until  modified  or  terminated.   A
            Participant may  increase  or  decrease  his  or her Before Tax
            Contributions  as  of any date as selected by the  Employer  in
            Item  C(3)  of  the  Adoption  Agreement  upon  notice  to  the
            Committee.  A Participant  may terminate his or her election to
            make Before Tax Contributions as of the Participant's next wage
            payment date upon notice to the Committee.  Any Participant who
            terminates Before Tax Contributions  may  elect  to  recommence
            making Before Tax Contributions as of the date selected  by the
            Employer  in Item C(3) of the Adoption Agreement following  his
            or her suspension of contributions.

  (C)  CASH  BONUSES.   If  Item  C(2)(c)  of  the  Adoption  Agreement  is
       selected, a Participant  may  also  enter  into  a  salary reduction
       agreement  on cash bonuses that, directing that the amount  of  such
       salary reduction  be  contributed  to  the  Plan  as  a  Before  Tax
       Contribution, or received by the Participant in cash.  A Participant
       shall  be  afforded  a  reasonable  period to elect to defer amounts
       described in this Section 3.2 to the  Plan.  Such election shall not
       become effective before the Participant's Entry Date.

  (D)  MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.   A Participant's Before
       Tax  Contributions are subject to any limitations  imposed  in  Item
       C(2) of  the  Adoption Agreement, calculated on an annual basis, and
       any further limitations  under  the  Plan.   No Participant shall be
       permitted to have Before Tax Contributions made  under this Plan, or
       any  other  qualified  Plan maintained by the Employer,  during  any
       taxable year in excess of  the  dollar  limitation contained in Code
       Section  402(g) in effect at the beginning  of  such  taxable  year.
       Furthermore,  if  an  Employee  receives a Hardship distribution (as
       defined in Section 3.9, utilizing the "safe harbor" rules) from this
       Plan or any other Plan maintained  by the Employer, the Employee may
       not make Before Tax Contributions for  the  Employee's  taxable year
       immediately  following the taxable year of the Hardship distribution
       in excess of the  applicable  limit under Section 402(g) of the Code
       for such taxable year less the  amount  of the Employee's Before Tax
       Contributions for the taxable year of the Hardship distribution.

  (E)  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.   If  a Participant
       makes Before Tax Contributions to this Plan and to another Plan, and
       the Participant has made Excess Before Tax Contributions  to  one or
       more of the plans, the Participant may assign the amount of any such
       Excess  Before  Tax  Contributions  among the plans under which such
       Before Tax Contributions were made.   The  Participant may assign to
       this Plan any Excess Before Tax Contributions  made during a taxable
       year of the Participant to this Plan by notifying  the  Committee on
       or before the date specified in the Adoption Agreement of the amount
       of the Excess Before Tax Contributions to be assigned to  the  Plan.
       A Participant is deemed to notify the Committee of any Excess Before
       Tax  Contributions  that  arise  by  taking  into account only those
       Before  Tax  Contributions  made  under the Plan or  Plans  of  this
       Employer.

       Notwithstanding any other provision  of  the Plan, Excess Before Tax
       Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto,
       shall be distributed no later than April 15  to  any  Participant to
       whose account Excess Before Tax Contributions were assigned  for the
       preceding  year  and who claims Excess Before Tax Contributions  for
       such taxable year.

       The Participant's  claim  shall be in writing; shall be submitted to
       the Committee not later than  the  date  elected  in  Item CC of the
       Adoption  Agreement;  shall  specify the amount of the Participant's
       Excess Before Tax Contribution  for the preceding calendar year; and
       shall be accompanied by the Participant's  written statement that if
       such   amounts   are  not  distributed,  such  Excess   Before   Tax
       Contributions, when  added  to amounts deferred under other plans or
       arrangements described in Sections  401(k), 408(k), or 403(b) of the
       Code, will exceed the limit imposed on  the  Participant  by Section
       402(g) of the Code for the year in which the deferral occurred.

  (F)  ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE.  The ADP for Participants who are Highly
       Compensated  Employees for each Plan Year and the ADP for Non-highly
       Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the
       following tests:

       (1)  1.25  LIMIT.    The   ADP   for  Participants  who  are  Highly
            Compensated Employees for the  Plan  Year  shall not exceed the
            ADP  for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated  Employees
            for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

       (2)  2.0 LIMIT.  The ADP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
            Employees  for  the  Plan  Year  shall  not  exceed the ADP for
            Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees  for  the
            same  Plan  Year  multiplied  by 2.0, provided that the ADP for
            Participants  who  are Highly Compensated  Employees  does  not
            exceed the ADP for Participants  who are Non-highly Compensated
            Employees by more than two (2) percentage points.

       (3)  SPECIAL RULES.

            (a)  The ADP for any Participant who  is  a  Highly Compensated
                 Employee  for  the Plan Year and who is eligible  to  have
                 Before  Tax  Contributions   (and  Qualified  Non-elective
                 Contributions,  or  Qualified Matching  Contributions,  or
                 both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the
                 ADP test) allocated to  his  or  her accounts under two or
                 more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code,
                 that are maintained by the Employer,  shall  be determined
                 as  if  such Before Tax Contributions (and, if applicable,
                 such Qualified  Non-elective  Contributions  or  Qualified
                 Matching Contributions, or both,) were made under a single
                 arrangement.     If    a   Highly   Compensated   Employee
                 participates in two or more  cash or deferred arrangements
                 that  have  different Plan Years,  all  cash  or  deferred
                 arrangements  ending with or within the same calendar year
                 shall be treated as a single arrangement.

            (b)  In the event that  this Plan satisfies the requirements of
                 Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4),  or 410(b) of the Code only if
                 aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more
                 other plans satisfy the requirements  of  such Sections of
                 the  Code  only  if aggregated with this Plan,  then  this
                 section  shall  be  applied  by  determining  the  ADP  of
                 Employees as if all such  plans  were  a single Plan.  For
                 Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be
                 aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(k)  of the Code
                 only if they have the same Plan Year.

            (c)  For  purposes of determining the ADP of a Participant  who
                 is a 5-percent  owner  or  one of the ten most highly-paid
                 Highly Compensated Employees, the Before Tax Contributions
                 (and  Qualified Non-elective  Contributions  or  Qualified
                 Matching  Contributions, or both, if treated as Before Tax
                 Contributions   for   purposes   of   the  ADP  test)  and
                 Compensation of such Participant shall  include the Before
                 Tax   Contributions   (and,   if   applicable,   Qualified
                 Non-elective Contributions) and Compensation for the  Plan
                 Year of Family Members (as defined in Section 414(q)(6) of
                 the  Code).   Family  Members, with respect to such Highly
                 Compensated Employees,  shall  be  disregarded as separate
                 employees in determining the ADP both for Participants who
                 are Non-highly Compensated Employees  and for Participants
                 who are Highly Compensated Employees.

            (d)  For  purposes  of  determining  the ADP test,  Before  Tax
                 Contributions if treated as Before  Tax  Contributions and
                 Qualified Non-elective Contributions must  be  made before
                 the  last  day  of  the  twelve-month  period  immediately
                 following the Plan Year to which contributions relate.

            (e)  The   Employer   shall   maintain  records  sufficient  to
                 demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount of
                 Qualified Non-elective Contributions used in such test.

            (f)  The determination and treatment  of the ADP amounts of any
                 Participant shall satisfy such other  requirements  as may
                 be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

  (G)  DISTRIBUTION  OF  EXCESS  CONTRIBUTIONS.   Notwithstanding any other
       provision of the Plan, Excess Contributions,  plus  any  income  and
       minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than
       the  last  day  of  each Plan Year to Participants to whose accounts
       Excess Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year.  If
       such excess amounts are distributed more than 2-1/2 months after the
       last day of the Plan  Year in which such excess amounts arose, a ten
       (10) percent excise tax  will be imposed on the Employer maintaining
       the Plan with respect to such  amounts.  Such distributions shall be
       made to Highly Compensated Employees  on the basis of the respective
       portions of the Excess Contributions attributable  to  each  of such
       Employees.  Excess Contributions of Participants who are subject  to
       the  Family  Member  aggregation  rules shall be allocated among the
       Family Members in proportion to the  Before  Tax  Contributions (and
       amounts treated as Before Tax Contributions) of each  Family  Member
       that is combined to determine the combined ADP.

       Excess  Contributions  (including the amounts recharacterized) shall
       be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

       (1)  DETERMINATION OF INCOME  OR  LOSS.   The  Excess  Contributions
            shall  be  adjusted  for  income  or  loss  up  to the date  of
            distribution.    The   income   or  loss  allocable  to  Excess
            Contributions  is  (1)  the income or  loss  allocable  to  the
            Participant's  Before  Tax   Contribution   Account   (and,  if
            applicable, the Qualified Non-elective Contribution Account  or
            the Qualified Matching Contribution Account or both) multiplied
            by  a  fraction,  the  numerator of which is such Participant's
            Excess Contribution for  the  year  and  the denominator is the
            Participant's  account  balance  attributable   to  Before  Tax
            Contributions  (and  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or
            Qualified  Matching  Contributions  or  both,  if any  of  such
            contributions are included in the ADP test) without  regard  to
            any  income  or  loss occurring during such taxable year, plus,
            (2) if Gap Period  income  or  loss  applies, as elected in the
            Adoption Agreement, ten percent of the  amount determined under
            (1) multiplied by the number of whole calendar  months  between
            the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting
            the month of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th
            of such month.

       (2)  ACCOUNTING  FOR  EXCESS  CONTRIBUTIONS.   Excess  Contributions
            shall   be  distributed  from  the  Participant's  Before   Tax
            Contribution   Account   and  Qualified  Matching  Contribution
            Account  (if applicable) in  proportion  to  the  Participant's
            Before Tax  Contributions  and Qualified Matching Contributions
            (to the extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year.  Excess
            Contributions  shall  be  distributed  from  the  participant's
            Qualified Non-elective Contribution  Account only to the extent
            that  such  Excess  Contributions exceed  the  balance  in  the
            Participant's Before Tax Contribution Account.

  (H)  RECHARACTERIZATION.  If the  Plan  permits  After  Tax Contributions
       (Employee    Contributions),    Excess    Contributions    may    be
       recharacterized   pursuant   to  this  subsection.   Recharacterized
       amounts  may be used in the Plan  from  which  Excess  Contributions
       arose or in another Plan of the employer with the same Plan Year.

       (1)  TREATMENT  OF AMOUNTS RECHARACTERIZED.  A Participant may treat
            his or her Excess Contributions as an amount distributed to the
            Participant  and  then  contributed  by  the Participant to the
            Plan.  Recharacterized amounts will remain  nonforfeitable  and
            subject  to  the  same  distribution requirements as Before Tax
            Contributions.  Amounts may  not be recharacterized by a Highly
            Compensated  Employee  to  the  extent   that  such  amount  in
            combination  with other After Tax Contributions  made  by  that
            Employee would  exceed any stated limit under the Plan on After
            Tax Contributions.

       (2)  TIMING OF RECHARACTERIZATION.  Recharacterization must occur no
            later than two and  one-half  months  after the last day of the
            Plan  Year  in  which such Excess Contributions  arose  and  is
            deemed to occur no  earlier  than  the  date  the  last  Highly
            Compensated  Employee  is  informed  in  writing  of the amount
            recharacterized  and  the consequences thereof. Recharacterized
            amounts  will  be  taxable   to   the   Participant   for   the
            Participant's  tax  year  in  which  the Participant would have
            received them in cash.

  (I)  ADJUSTMENTS TO BEFORE TAX CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGES.  Anything to the
       contrary in this Article III notwithstanding,  the  Committee  shall
       have  the  right  to  reduce  the percentages designated pursuant to
       Section 3.2(B), of any one or more Highly Compensated Employees in a
       manner  prescribed  or  approved by  the  Committee  to  the  extent
       necessary or convenient to ensure that at least one of the ADP tests
       set forth in Section 3.2(F) is satisfied, but in no event shall such
       reduction result in a percentage less than zero.  Any such reduction
       shall be effected quarterly, or more frequently as the Committee may
       determine and each affected  Highly  Compensated  Employee  shall be
       deemed to have elected the permissible percentage determined  by the
       Committee.   The  Committee may, on a prospective basis, and subject
       to  the  percentage limits  of  Section  3.3  below,  treat  amounts
       contributed  to the Plan pursuant to a salary reduction agreement as
       After  Tax  Contributions   by   each  affected  Highly  Compensated
       Employee; provided that if any such  reduction  cannot be so treated
       because   of   the  said  percentage  limits  or  because   of   the
       nondiscrimination  requirements of Code Section 401(m) or otherwise,
       then the amount of such reduction (and any income allocable thereto)
       shall be distributed  to  each  affected Highly Compensated Employee
       pursuant to Code Section 401(k)(8)  or  Code  Section  401(m)(6), if
       applicable,  not later than the close of the first 2-1/2  months  of
       the Plan Year  following the Plan Year in which the contribution was
       made.

3.3    AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.  (EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS).

  (A)  ALLOCATION OF AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.  If the Employer selects Item
       C(2)(b) in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will deduct from the
       Participant's pay  and  allocate  to  each  Participant's  After Tax
       Contribution   Account   an   amount  equal  to  the  percentage  of
       Compensation  authorized  by  the   Participant   as  an  After  Tax
       Contribution.   The Employer shall transmit After Tax  Contributions
       to the Trustee within  thirty (30) days after the month end in which
       such deductions are made.

  (B)  EMPLOYEE AUTHORIZES AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.  To the extent provided
       in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect to make After Tax
       Contributions under the Plan.

       (1)  ELECTION TO MAKE AFTER  TAX  CONTRIBUTIONS.   An  Employee  may
            elect  to  make  After Tax Contributions as of his or her Entry
            Date as described  in  Section  2.1(B).  Such election will not
            become effective before the Entry Date.

       (2)  MODIFICATION  AND TERMINATION OF AFTER  TAX  CONTRIBUTIONS.   A
            Participant's election  to  commence  After  Tax  Contributions
            shall  remain  in  effect  until  modified  or  terminated.   A
            Participant  may  increase  or  decrease  his or her After  Tax
            Contributions as selected by the Employer in  Item  C(3) of the
            Adoption  Agreement  upon  written notice to the Committee.   A
            Participant may terminate his or her election to make After Tax
            Contributions at any time as  of  the  Participant's  next wage
            payment  date  upon  written  notice  to  the  Committee.   Any
            Participant who terminates After Tax Contributions may elect to
            recommence  making  After  Tax  Contributions  as  of  the date
            selected by the Employer in Item C(3) of the Adoption Agreement
            following his or her suspension of contributions.

  (C)  MAXIMUM  AMOUNT  OF  AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant's After
       Tax Contributions are  subject  to  any  limitations imposed in Item
       C(3) of the Adoption Agreement, calculated  on  an annual basis, and
       any further limitations under the Plan.

  (D)  CASH  BONUSES.    If  Item  C(2)(c)  of  the  Adoption Agreement  is
       selected,  a  Participant  may  also  enter into a salary  reduction
       agreement on cash bonuses, directing that  the amount of such salary
       reduction be contributed to the Plan as an After  Tax  Contribution,
       or  received  by  the  Participant in cash.  A Participant shall  be
       afforded a reasonable period  to elect to defer amounts described in
       this  Section  3.3 to the Plan.   Such  election  shall  not  become
       effective before the Participant's Entry Date.

3.4    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

  (A)  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.   If elected by the Employer in the Adoption
       Agreement, the Employer will  or  may make Matching Contributions to
       the  Plan.   The  amount  of such Matching  Contributions  shall  be
       calculated   by   reference  to   the   Participants'   Before   Tax
       Contributions and/or  After  Tax  Contributions  as specified by the
       Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

  (B)  QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  If elected by the Employer in the
       Adoption  Agreement,  the  Employer  may  make  Qualified   Matching
       Contributions to the Plan.

       In  addition,  in  lieu  of  distributing  Excess  Contributions  as
       provided  in  Section  3.2(G)  of  the  Plan,  or  Excess  Aggregate
       Contributions  as  provided  in  Section  3.5(C)  of  the  Plan, the
       Employer  may  make  Qualified  Matching Contributions on behalf  of
       Employees that are sufficient to  satisfy either the Actual Deferral
       Percentage or the Average Contribution  Percentage  test,  or  both,
       pursuant to regulations under the Code.

  (C)  QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  If elected by the Employer in
       the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make Qualified Non-elective
       Contributions to the Plan.

       In  addition,  in  lieu  of  distributing  Excess  Contributions  as
       provided  in  Section  3.2(G)  of  the  Plan,  or  Excess  Aggregate
       Contributions  as  provided  in  Section  3.5(C)  of  the  Plan, the
       Employer may make Qualified Non-elective Contributions on behalf  of
       Employees  that are sufficient to satisfy either the Actual Deferral
       Percentage or  the  Average  Contribution  Percentage test, or both,
       pursuant to regulations under the Code.

  (D)  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS.  An Employer Matching Account shall be maintained
       for  a  Participant's  accrued  benefit  attributable   to  Matching
       Contributions.  A Qualified Matching Contribution Account  shall  be
       maintained  for  a  Participant's  accrued  benefit  attributable to
       Qualified   Matching   Contributions.    A   Qualified  Non-elective
       Contribution Account shall be maintained for a Participant's accrued
       benefit attributable to Qualified Non-elective  Contributions.  Such
       accounts  shall  be  credited  with  the  applicable  contributions,
       earnings and losses, distributions, and other adjustments.

  (E)  VESTING.   Matching Contributions will be vested in accordance  with
       the Employer's election in Items C(4)(d) and C(4)(e) of the Adoption
       Agreement.   In  any  event,  Matching  Contributions shall be fully
       vested  at  Normal  Retirement Date, upon the  complete  or  partial
       termination of the Plan,  or  upon  the  complete  discontinuance of
       Matching   Contributions,  as  applicable.   Qualified  Non-elective
       Contributions    and    Qualified    Matching    Contributions   are
       nonforfeitable when made.

  (F)  FORFEITURES.  Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be used to
       reduce such contributions, or shall be allocated to Participants, in
       accordance with the Employer's election in Item C(6) of the Adoption
       Agreement.

  (G)  ALLOCATION OF DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  If the Employer
       selects  Item  C(4)(b)  in the Adoption Agreement, any discretionary
       Matching Contributions shall  be allocated as of the allocation date
       specified in Item C(4)(c)(ii) of  the  Adoption  Agreement,  to  the
       Employer  Matching  Account  of each Participant who has made Before
       Tax  Contributions  and/or  After  Tax  Contributions  eligible  for
       matching.  If Item C(4)(c)(ii)(e) has been selected (imposing a last
       day of the Plan Year requirement)  the allocation shall be made to a
       Participant who (1) if a Participant  in  a nonstandardized Plan, is
       employed or on leave of absence on the last  day  of  the Plan Year,
       and  (2)  if a Participant in a standardized Plan, either  completes
       more than 500  Hours  of service during the Plan Year or is employed
       on the last day of the  Plan  Year.  The following Participants will
       also share in the Matching Contributions for the year, if elected in
       the Adoption Agreement:  (1) Participants  in a nonstandardized Plan
       whose employment terminated before the end of  the Plan Year because
       of  retirement, death, disability or as specified  in  the  Adoption
       Agreement,  and  (2)  Participants  in  a  standardized  Plan  whose
       employment  terminated  before  the  end of the Plan Year because of
       retirement,  death,  disability  or  as specified  in  the  Adoption
       Agreement,   and   completed   500  Hours  of   Service   or   less.
       Notwithstanding the foregoing, if  the Employer makes a contribution
       prior to the end of the Plan Year, Participants shall be entitled to
       an allocation of that contribution when  made, without regard to any
       end of the Plan Year requirement.

  (H)  LIMITATION ON EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.  The  Employer's contributions
       for  any  Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum  amount  which  the
       Employer may deduct pursuant to Section 404 of the Code.

3.5    LIMITATIONS  ON AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS (EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS) AND
       MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

  (A)  CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE.   The  ACP  for Participants who are Highly
       Compensated  Employees  for  each  Plan  Year   and   the   ACP  for
       Participants  who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the  same
       Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

       (1)  1.25  LIMIT.    The   ACP   for  Participants  who  are  Highly
            Compensated Employees for the  Plan  Year  shall not exceed the
            ACP  for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated  Employees
            for the same Plan Year by 1.25, or

       (2)  2.0 LIMIT.  The ACP for Participants who are Highly Compensated
            Employees  for  the  Plan  Year  shall  not  exceed the ACP for
            Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees  for  the
            same Plan Year multiplied by two (2), provided that the ACP for
            Participants  who  are  Highly  Compensated  Employees does not
            exceed the ACP for Participants who are Non-highly  Compensated
            Employees by more than two (2) percentage points.

  (B)  SPECIAL RULES.

       (1)  MULTIPLE  USE.   If  one  or  more Highly Compensated Employees
            participate in both a cash or deferred  arrangement  and a Plan
            subject to the ACP test maintained by the Employer and  the sum
            of  the  ADP  and  ACP  of  those  Highly Compensated Employees
            subject to either or both tests exceeds  the  Aggregate  Limit,
            then  the  ACP  of  those Highly Compensated Employees who also
            participate in a cash  or  deferred arrangement will be reduced
            (beginning with such Highly  Compensated  Employee whose ACP is
            the highest) so that the limit is not exceeded.   The amount by
            which   each   Highly   Compensated   Employee's   Contribution
            Percentage  amounts  is  reduced shall be treated as an  Excess
            Aggregate  Contribution.   The   ADP  and  ACP  of  the  Highly
            Compensated  Employees  are determined  after  any  corrections
            required to meet the ADP  and ACP tests.  Multiple use does not
            occur  if either the ADP and  ACP  of  the  Highly  Compensated
            Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of
            the Non-highly Compensated Employees.

       (2)  AGGREGATION  OF CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGES.  For purposes of this
            section, the Contribution Percentage for any Participant who is
            a Highly Compensated  Employee  and  who  is  eligible  to have
            Contribution   Percentage  Amounts  allocated  to  his  or  her
            accounts under two or more plans described in Section 401(a) of
            the Code, or arrangements  described  in  Section 401(k) of the
            Code, that are maintained by the Employer,  shall be determined
            as  if  the total of such Contribution Percentage  Amounts  was
            made  under  each  Plan.   If  a  Highly  Compensated  Employee
            participates  in two or more cash or deferred arrangements that
            have different  Plan  years  all  cash or deferred arrangements
            ending with or within the same calendar  year  shall be treated
            as   a  single  arrangement.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
            certain  plans  shall  be treated as separate if mandated to be
            disaggregated under regulations  under  Section  401(m)  of the
            Code.

       (3)  AGGREGATION  OF  PLANS.   In the event that this Plan satisfies
            the requirements of Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
            Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one
            or more other plans satisfy  the  requirements of such sections
            of  the  Code  only if aggregated with  this  Plan,  then  this
            section  shall  be  applied  by  determining  the  Contribution
            Percentage of Employees  as  if  all  such  plans were a single
            Plan.  For Plan Years beginning after December  31, 1989, plans
            may  be  aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(m)  of  the
            Code only if they have the same Plan Year.

       (4)  FAMILY  AGGREGATION.    For   purposes   of   determining   the
            Contribution  Percentage of a Participant who is a five-percent
            owner or one of  the  ten  most  highly-paid Highly Compensated
            Employees, the Contribution Percentage Amounts and Compensation
            of  such  Employee  shall include the  Contribution  Percentage
            Amounts and Compensation  for  the Plan Year of Family Members,
            as defined in Section 414(q)(6)  of  the Code.  Family Members,
            with  respect  to  Highly  Compensated  Employees,   shall   be
            disregarded   as   separate   employees   in   determining  the
            Contribution   Percentage   both   for  Participants  who   are
            Non-highly Compensated Employees and  for  Participants who are
            Highly Compensated Employees.

       (5)  TIME  OF  CONTRIBUTIONS.   For  purposes  of  determining   the
            Contribution  Percentage  test,  After  Tax  Contributions  are
            considered  to  have  been  made  in  the  Plan  Year  in which
            contributed to the Trust.  Matching Contributions and Qualified
            Non-elective  Contributions will be considered made for a  Plan
            Year if made no  later  than the end of the twelve-month period
            beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

       (6)  RECORDS.  The Employer shall  maintain  records  sufficient  to
            demonstrate  satisfaction  of  the  ACP  test and the amount of
            Qualified  Non-elective  Contributions  or  Qualified  Matching
            Contributions, or both, used in such test.

       (7)  REGULATIONS.    The   determination   and  treatment   of   the
            Contribution Percentage of any Participant  shall  satisfy such
            other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
            Treasury.

  (C)  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.

       (1)  GENERAL  RULE.   Notwithstanding  any  other provision of  this
            Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus
            any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable,
            or if not forfeitable, distributed no later  than  the last day
            of  each  Plan  Year  to Participants to whose accounts  Excess
            Aggregate Contributions  were  allocated for the preceding Plan
            Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions  of  Participants  who are
            subject  to  the  Family  Member  aggregation  rules  shall  be
            allocated  among  the Family Members in proportion to the After
            Tax and Matching Contributions  (or amounts treated as Matching
            Contributions)  of  each  Family Member  that  is  combined  to
            determine  the  combined  ACP.    If   such   Excess  Aggregate
            Contributions are distributed more than 2-1/2 months  after the
            last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a
            ten  (10)  percent  excise  tax will be imposed on the Employer
            maintaining the Plan with respect  to  those  amounts.   Excess
            Aggregate  Contributions  shall  be treated as Annual Additions
            under the Plan.

       (2)  DETERMINATION   OF   INCOME   OR   LOSS.     Excess   Aggregate
            Contributions shall be adjusted for income or  loss  up  to the
            date  of  distribution.  The income or loss allocable to Excess
            Aggregate Contributions  is  the  sum  of:  (1)  income or loss
            allocable to the Participant's After Tax Contribution  Account,
            Matching  Contribution Account, Qualified Matching Contribution
            Account, (if  any,  and  if all amounts therein are not used in
            the ADP test) and, if applicable,  the  Qualified  Non-elective
            Contribution  Account  and Before Tax Contribution Account  for
            the Plan Year multiplied  by a fraction, the numerator of which
            is such Participant's Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  for the
            year   and   the   denominator  is  the  Participant's  account
            balance(s)  attributable  to  Contribution  Percentage  Amounts
            without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan
            Year; and (2)  ten  percent  of the amount determined under (1)
            multiplied by the number of whole  calendar  months between the
            end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution, counting the
            month of distribution if distribution occurs after  the 15th of
            such month.

       (3)  FORFEITURES  OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS. Forfeitures  of
            Excess Aggregate Contributions may either be reallocated to the
            accounts of Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  or  applied  to
            reduce  Employer  Contributions,  as elected by the Employer in
            Item C(6)(c) of the Adoption Agreement.

       (4)  ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS. Excess Aggregate
            Contributions   shall   be   forfeited,  if   forfeitable,   or
            distributed on a pro-rata basis  from  the  Participant's After
            Tax Contribution Account and Matching Contribution  Account and
            Qualified  Matching  Contribution  Account (and, if applicable,
            the Participant's Qualified Non-elective  Contribution  Account
            and Before Tax Contribution Account, or both).

3.6    NET PROFITS NOT REQUIRED IF SO ELECTED IN ADOPTION AGREEMENT. If the
       Employer  elects,  Matching Contributions may be made without regard
       to Net Profits in accordance  with Item C(4)(c)(iii) of the Adoption
       Agreement.  If the Plan is a profit-sharing  Plan,  the  Plan  shall
       continue  to  be  designed  to  qualify as a profit-sharing Plan for
       purposes of Sections 401(a), 402,  412,  and  417  of the Code.  Net
       Profits shall not be required for Before Tax Contributions  or After
       Tax Contributions to be made to the Plan.

3.7    FORM,  PAYMENT  AND  ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  All contributions
       under this Article III  made  for a Plan Year shall be made in cash,
       and shall be delivered to the Trustee  at  such   time  or  times as
       shall  be  agreed  upon between the Committee and the Trustee.   The
       Committee  shall instruct  the  Trustee  as  to  the  allocation  of
       contributions to the Participant's accounts.

3.8    DISTRIBUTION  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  BEFORE  TAX  CONTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT.
       Before  Tax Contributions, Qualified Non-elective Contributions  and
       Qualified  Matching  Contributions, and income allocable to each are
       not distributable to a  Participant  or  his  or  her Beneficiary or
       Beneficiaries, in accordance with such Participant's,  Beneficiary's
       or  Beneficiaries'  election,  earlier  than  upon  separation  from
       service,   death,   disability,  or  as  selected  in  the  Adoption
       Agreement.  Such amounts may not be distributed unless in accordance
       with the Participant's  election  made pursuant to rules established
       by the Committee as authorized in the Adoption Agreement, and upon:

  (A)  Termination of the Plan without the establishment of another defined
       contribution Plan, other than an employee  stock  ownership Plan (as
       defined  in  Section  4975(e)  or  Section  409  of the Code)  or  a
       simplified employee pension Plan as defined in Section 408(k).

  (B)  The  disposition  by  a  corporation to an unrelated corporation  of
       substantially  all of the assets  (within  the  meaning  of  Section
       409(d)(2)  of the  Code)  used  in  a  trade  or  business  of  such
       corporation  if  such  corporation  continues  to maintain this Plan
       after  the  disposition,  but  only  with respect to  Employees  who
       continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets.

  (C)  The  disposition by a corporation to an  unrelated  entity  of  such
       corporation's  interest  in  a  subsidiary  (within  the  meaning of
       Section  409(d)(3)  of  the  Code) if such corporation continues  to
       maintain this Plan, but only with  respect to Employees who continue
       employment with such subsidiary.

  (D)  The attainment of age 59-1/2 in the  case  of a profit-sharing Plan,
       or the attainment of the Plan's Normal Retirement Date, if either or
       both are selected in the Adoption Agreement.

  (E)  The  Hardship of the Participant as described  in  Section  3.9,  if
       selected in the Adoption Agreement.

       All distributions  that  may  be made pursuant to one or more of the
       foregoing  distributable events  are  subject  to  the  spousal  and
       Participant   consent  requirements  (if  applicable)  contained  in
       Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 of the Code.  In addition, distributions
       after March 31,  1988,  that are triggered by any of the first three
       events above, in Sections 3.8(A), (B) and (C) must be made in a lump
       sum.

3.9    HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION.

  (A)  AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR WITHDRAWAL.   Upon  the  written  request  of a
       Participant  received  and  approved by the Committee, a Participant
       may withdraw, in cash, up to  one  hundred  per  cent  (100%) of the
       amount  of  such  Participant's  Before  Tax Contributions (and  any
       earnings credited to a Participant's account  as  of  the end of the
       last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989) or such lesser  amount as
       the  Committee  may approve, in the event of Hardship.  For purposes
       of  this  Section,  Hardship  is  defined  as  immediate  and  heavy
       financial need  of  the  Employee  where  such  Employee lacks other
       available  resources.   Hardship distributions are  subject  to  the
       spousal consent requirements  contained  in  Sections 411(a)(11) and
       417 of the Code.  The Committee is authorized  to  and shall request
       from  the  Participant  making such a request such evidence  as  the
       Committee  deems  necessary   and   appropriate  to  substantiate  a
       Hardship, the amount of expenses resulting  from  such  Hardship and
       the other resources of the Participant reasonably available  to meet
       such expenses.

  (B)  SPECIAL RULES:

       (1)  IMMEDIATE AND HEAVY NEED.  The following are the only financial
            needs  considered  immediate  and heavy:  expenses incurred  or
            necessary for medical care, described  in Section 213(d) of the
            Code, of the Employee, the Employee's Spouse or dependents; the
            purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence
            for  the Employee; payment of tuition and  related  educational
            fees for the next twelve months of post-secondary education for
            the Employee, the Employee's Spouse, children or dependents; or
            the need  to  prevent  the  eviction of the Employee from, or a
            foreclosure  on  the  mortgage  of,  the  Employee's  principal
            residence.

       (2)  SATISFACTION OF NEED.  A distribution  will  be  considered  as
            necessary  to  satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of
            the Employee only if:

            (a)  The Employee  has  obtained all distributions,  other than
                 Hardship distributions,  and  all   nontaxable loans under
                 all plans maintained  by the Employer;

            (b)  All  plans  maintained by the Employer  provide  that  the
                 Employee's  Before   Tax  Contributions   (and  After  Tax
                 Contributions) will be  suspended  for twelve months after
                 the receipt of the Hardship distribution;

            (c)  The  distribution  is not in excess of  an  immediate  and
                 heavy financial need  (including  amounts necessary to pay
                 any  federal,  state or local income  taxes  or  penalties
                 reasonably anticipated  to  result from the distribution);
                 and

            (d)  All  plans maintained by the Employer  provide   that  the
                 Employee  may  not  make Before Tax  Contributions for the
                 Employee's taxable  year immediately following the taxable
                 year   of the Hardship  distribution  in  excess  of   the
                 applicable  limit  under  Section  402(g) of  the Code for
                 such  taxable  year  less the  amount of  such  Employee's
                 Before Tax  Contributions  for  the  taxable  year  of the
                 Hardship distribution.

       (3)  TAXES  AND  PENALTIES.   The  amount  of an immediate and heavy
            financial need may include any amounts  necessary  to  pay  any
            federal,  state  or  local income taxes or penalties reasonably
            anticipated to result from the distribution.

3.10   WITHDRAWAL OF AFTER TAX CONTRIBUTIONS.  Subject to the provisions of
       the Plan, in accordance with  rules  for giving notice as determined
       by  the  Committee,  a  Participant may withdraw  as  of  the  first
       Accounting Date subsequent  to  receipt  by  the  Committee  of such
       notice:

  (A)  MAXIMUM  AMOUNT.   An  amount  equal  to  not  more than 100% of the
       Participant's After Tax Contribution Account determined  as  of such
       Accounting  Date.   No  Participant  who  has made any withdrawal of
       After  Tax  Contributions in the twelve (12)  months  preceding  the
       giving of such  notice  may make a withdrawal under this Section.  A
       Participant who makes a withdrawal  of After Tax Contributions shall
       be required to suspend After Tax Contributions  for  a period of six
       (6)  months, commencing with the effective date of such  withdrawal.
       A Participant  may, pursuant to Article III, elect to commence After
       Tax Contributions as of the first day of the first payroll period of
       the month following the conclusion of such suspension period, or the
       first payroll period  of  any month thereafter, upon advance written
       notice to the Committee.

  (B)  MINIMUM AMOUNT.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the contrary in this
       Section 3.10, any withdrawal made pursuant to Section  3.10(A) shall
       be  for  a  minimum  whole dollar amount not less than Five  Hundred
       Dollars  ($500.00);  except   that   if  the  amount  available  for
       withdrawal  is  less than Five Hundred Dollars  ($500.00)  then  the
       minimum amount of the withdrawal shall be the amount available.

  (C)  FORFEITURES.  No  forfeitures  will  occur  solely as a result of an
       Employee's withdrawal of After Tax Contributions.

  (D)  LOAN  SECURITY.  Notwithstanding anything to the  contrary  in  this
       Section  3.10,  a  Participant may not make a withdrawal pursuant to
       this Section of any  portion  of  the  Participants  vested interest
       which has been assigned to secure repayment of a loan  in accordance
       with  Section  11.10, below, until such time as the Committee  shall
       have released said portion so assigned.

3.11.  WITHDRAWAL OF MATCHING  CONTRIBUTIONS.  Subject to the provisions of
       the Plan, in accordance with  rules  for giving notice as determined
       by  the  Committee,  and  as elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,  a
       Participant may withdraw as  of the first Accounting Date subsequent
       to receipt by the Committee of such notice:

  (A)  MAXIMUM AMOUNT.  An amount equal to not more than 100% of the vested
       amounts   in   the  Participant's  Matching   Contribution   Account
       determined as of  such Accounting Date.  No Participant who has made
       any withdrawal of Matching  Contributions  in the twelve (12) months
       preceding the giving of such notice may make a withdrawal under this
       Section.

  (B)  MINIMUM AMOUNT.  Notwithstanding anything to  the  contrary  in this
       Section 3.11, any withdrawal made pursuant to Section 3.11(A)  shall
       be  for  a  minimum  whole  dollar amount not less than Five Hundred
       Dollars  ($500.00);  except  that   if   the  amount  available  for
       withdrawal  is  less than Five Hundred Dollars  ($500.00)  then  the
       minimum amount of the withdrawal shall be the amount available.

  (C)  FORFEITURES.  No  forfeitures  will  occur  solely as a result of an
       Employee's withdrawal of Matching Contributions.

  (D)  LOAN  SECURITY.  Notwithstanding anything to the  contrary  in  this
       Section  3.11,  a Participant may not make a withdrawal, pursuant to
       this Section of any  portion  of  the  Participant's vested interest
       which has been assigned to secure repayment  of a loan in accordance
       with Section 11.10, below, until such time as  the  Committee  shall
       have released said portion so assigned.


                                ARTICLE IV
                            OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

  (A)  MONEY  PURCHASE  PENSION  PLANS ONLY.  As elected by the Employer in
       the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make contributions to the
       Plan.

  (B)  PROFIT SHARING PLANS AND 401(K) PLANS ONLY.

       (1)  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.   For  each  Plan  Year,  the Employer,
            shall  or  may  make contributions to the Plan in an amount  as
            selected in the Adoption  Agreement or determined by Resolution
            of the Board of Directors of the Employer.

       (2)  NET PROFITS NOT REQUIRED IF  SO  ELECTED IN ADOPTION AGREEMENT.
            If the Employer elects, Employer Contributions  under  a profit
            sharing  Plan  may  be  made  without  regard to Net Profits in
            accordance  with Item B(8)(a)(iii) of the  Adoption  Agreement.
            The  Plan shall  continue  to  be  designed  to  qualify  as  a
            profit-sharing  Plan for purposes of Sections 401(a), 402, 412,
            and 417 of the Code.

4.2    SEPARATE  ACCOUNTS.   An  Employer  Contribution  Account  shall  be
       maintained  for each Participant  to  which  will  be  credited  the
       employer  pension   or   profit   sharing  contributions  ("Employer
       Contributions").   Such  accounts  shall   be   credited   with  the
       applicable  contributions,  earnings and losses, distributions,  and
       other adjustments.

4.3    VESTING.  Employer Contributions  will  be vested in accordance with
       the Employer's election in Item B(7), as applicable, of the Adoption
       Agreement.   In  any event, Employer Contributions  shall  be  fully
       vested at Normal Retirement  Date,  upon  the  complete  or  partial
       termination  of  the  Plan,  and,  in profit sharing plans, upon the
       complete discontinuance of Employer Contributions.

4.4    LIMITATION ON EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.   The  Employer's Contribution
       for  any  Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum  amount  which  the
       Employer may  deduct  pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the Code.  The
       Employer Contributions shall be payable not later than  the time for
       filing   the   Employer's   federal  income  tax  return,  including
       extensions.

4.5    EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.

  (A)  DISTRIBUTIONS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS - ROLLOVERS.

       (1)  If the Employer selects Item B(9) in the Adoption Agreement, an
            Employee  who  is entitled  to  make  a  rollover  contribution
            described in Section  402(a)(5),  Section  403(a)(4) or Section
            408(d)(3)  of  the Code ("Rollover Contribution"),  may  elect,
            with the approval  of  the  Committee,  to make such a Rollover
            Contribution to the Plan.  The Employee shall  deliver or cause
            to be delivered, to the Trustee the cash which constitutes such
            Rollover Contribution at such time or times and  in such manner
            as  shall  be  specified by the Committee.  As of the  date  of
            receipt of such  property  by  the  Trustee, a Rollover Account
            shall be established in the name of the Employee who has made a
            Rollover Contribution as provided in this Section 4.5 and shall
            be  credited  with  such  assets  on  such  date.   A  Rollover
            Contribution shall not be deemed to be  a  contribution of such
            Employee  for  any  purpose  of this Agreement.   All  Rollover
            Contributions and the earnings  on these contributions shall be
            immediately fully vested and nonforfeitable.

       (2)  Subject to the provisions of the  Plan, on advance notice given
            to the Committee in accordance with  rules  established  by the
            Committee  a  Participant  in  a  profit sharing Plan or 401(k)
            profit sharing Plan may withdraw all  or any part (in any whole
            dollar amount specified by the Participant) of the value of any
            Rollover  Account, provided no Participant  who  has  made  any
            withdrawal  under  Section  4.5(A)  during the calendar year in
            which  such notice is given may make an  additional  withdrawal
            under this Section 4.5(A) during the remainder of such year.

  (B)  NONDEDUCTIBLE  EMPLOYEE  CONTRIBUTIONS AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS NO
       LONGER ACCEPTED.

       (1)  This Plan will not accept  nondeductible employee contributions
            and  matching  contributions  except   pursuant   to  a  401(m)
            arrangement  described  in Article III.  Employee contributions
            for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, together with
            any matching contributions  as defined in Section 401(m) of the
            Code, will be limited so as to  meet the nondiscrimination test
            of Section 401(m).

       (2)  A separate account will be maintained  by  the  Trustee for the
            previously  made nondeductible employee contributions  of  each
            Participant.

       (3)  Employee   contributions   and   earnings   thereon   will   be
            nonforfeitable  at all times.  No forfeitures will occur solely
            as  a  result  of  an   Employee's   withdrawal   of   Employee
            contributions.

  (C)  DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS NO LONGER ACCEPTED.  The Committee
       will not accept deductible Employee contributions which are made for
       a  taxable  year  beginning  after December 31, 1986.  Contributions
       made prior to that date will be  maintained  in  a  separate account
       which will be nonforfeitable at all times.  The account  will  share
       in  the  gains  and  losses  of the Trust Fund in the same manner as
       described in Article VI of the  Plan.   No  part  of  the deductible
       voluntary  contribution  account  will  be  used  to  purchase  life
       insurance.   Subject  to  Section  7.10, Joint and survivor  annuity
       requirements (if applicable), the Participant  may withdraw any part
       of the deductible voluntary contribution account by making a written
       application to the Committee.

4.6    EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT.  Except as provided in the Plan, the Employer has
       no beneficial interest in the Trust Fund, and no  part  of the Trust
       Fund  shall  revert  or  be  repaid  to  the  Employer, directly  or
       indirectly,  or diverted to purposes other than  for  the  exclusive
       benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, except that (1) any
       contribution made  by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must
       be returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution; (2)
       in the event the deduction of a contribution made by the Employer is
       disallowed under Section  404 of the Code, such contribution (to the
       extent disallowed) must be  returned to the Employer within one year
       of the disallowance of the deduction;  and (3) in the event that the
       Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines  that  the  Plan  is not
       initially   qualified   under   the   Internal   Revenue  Code,  any
       contribution  made  incident  to that initial qualification  by  the
       Employer must be returned to the  Employer within one year after the
       date  the  initial  qualification  is  denied,   but   only  if  the
       application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed  by
       law  for  filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which
       the Plan is  adopted  or  such  later  date  as the Secretary of the
       Treasury may prescribe.

4.7    FORM, PAYMENT AND ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.   Contributions  made
       for  a  Plan  Year shall be made in cash; provided, however, that if
       the Plan has an  Employer Stock Fund, contributions for the Employer
       Stock Fund may be  made  in  Employer Stock.  Contributions shall be
       delivered to the Trustee at such  time  or  times as shall be agreed
       upon  between the Committee and the Trustee.   The  Committee  shall
       instruct  the  Trustee  as to the allocation of contributions to the
       Participant's  accounts  pursuant  to  the  elections  made  in  the
       Adoption Agreement.  Employer Stock contributed to the Plan shall be
       valued at fair market value at the time of its transfer to the Plan.

4.8    SAFE HARBOR ALLOCATION.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
       the  Adoption Agreement, in  the  event  the  requirements  of  Code
       Sections  401(a)(26)  or  410(b)  are  not met during the Plan Year,
       Employer Contributions will be allocated  to  Eligible  Employees in
       the following order until the applicable requirements are met:

  (A)  Eligible Employees employed by the Employer on the last day  of  the
       Plan  Year  and  who  have  completed more than 750 Hours of Service
       during the Plan Year;

  (B)  Eligible Employees employed by  the  Employer on the last day of the
       Plan Year and who have completed more  than  500  but  less than 750
       Hours of Service during the Plan Year;

  (C)  Eligible Employees employed by the Employer on the last  day  of the
       Plan  Year  and  who  have  completed  500 or fewer Hours of Service
       during the Plan Year;

  (D)  Eligible Employees who have completed 750  or  more Hours of Service
       during the Plan Year;

  (E)  Eligible Employees who have completed more than  500  but  less than
       750 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

       In  no event will Employees who have terminated employment with  the
       Employer  during  the  Plan Year and who have completed 500 or fewer
       Hours of Service during  the  Plan  Year  receive  any allocation of
       Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

                                 ARTICLE V
                          PERIOD OF PARTICIPATION

5.1    TERMINATION  DATES.  A Participant's Termination Date  will  be  the
       date on which his employment with the Employer is terminated because
       of the first to occur of the following events:

  (A)  NORMAL RETIREMENT.   The  Participant retires from the employ of the
       Employer upon attaining the  Normal  Retirement Date selected in the
       Adoption Agreement.  If the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement
       age the Normal Retirement Date is the  date  the Participant attains
       the  lesser  of  that  mandatory  age  or the age specified  in  the
       Adoption Agreement.

  (B)  EARLY RETIREMENT.  The Participant retires  from  the  employ of the
       Employer  upon attaining the Early Retirement Date selected  in  the
       Adoption Agreement.  If a Participant terminates employment prior to
       meeting any  minimum  age  specified  in  the Adoption Agreement but
       after  having completed the specified minimum  service  requirement,
       the terminated  Participant shall be entitled to an early retirement
       benefit upon attaining the minimum age required.

  (C)  LATE RETIREMENT.   The  Participant  retires  from the employ of the
       Employer  after  the  Normal  Retirement  Date.   A Participant  who
       continues to work beyond the Normal Retirement Date  shall  continue
       participation   in   the  Plan  on  the  same  basis  as  the  other
       Participants.

  (D)  DISABILITY RETIREMENT.   The  Participant  is  terminated  from  the
       employ  of  the Employer because of Disability, as determined by the
       Committee, as defined in Section 1.1(I), irrespective of his age.

  (E)  DEATH.  The Participant's death.

  (F)  OTHER TERMINATION.   The  Participant  terminates  employment before
       Normal, Early, Late or Disability Retirement.

       If  a  Participant  continues in the employ of the Employer  but  no
       longer is a member of  a  class  of  Employees to which the Plan has
       been and continues to be extended by the Employer, the Participant's
       Termination Date nevertheless will be as stated above and his or her
       accounts will be held as stated in Section 5.2.

5.2    RESTRICTED PARTICIPATION.  When distribution  of  part or all of the
       benefits  to  which  a  Participant  is entitled under the  Plan  is
       deferred  beyond  or cannot be made until  after  the  Participant's
       Termination Date, or  during any period that a Participant continues
       in the employ of the Employer  but  no longer is a member of a class
       of Employees to which the Plan has been and continues to be extended
       by the Employer, the Participant, or  in  the  event  of  his or her
       death such Participant's Beneficiary, will be considered and treated
       as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan, except that  no share
       of  contributions  or  forfeitures  will  be  credited to his or her
       Accounts (a) for any period such Participant continues in the employ
       of the Employer but no longer is a member of a class of Employees to
       which  the  Plan  has  been  and  continues  to be extended  by  the
       Employer, or (b) after the Participant's Termination Date.

                                ARTICLE VI
                                ACCOUNTING

6.1    ACCOUNTS ESTABLISHED.  There shall be established and maintained for
       each Participant such accounts as are applicable,  to  reflect  such
       Participant's interest in each Investment Fund.

  All income, expenses, gains and losses attributable to each account shall
  be  separately  accounted  for.   The interest of each Participant in the
  Trust Fund at any time shall consist of the amount credited to his or her
  accounts as of the last preceding Valuation  Date  plus credits and minus
  debits to such accounts since that date.

6.2    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS CONSIDERED MADE ON LAST  DAY  OF  PLAN  YEAR.
       Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes  of
       this  Article  VI, the Employer's Contribution under Article IV will
       be considered to have been made on the last day of the Plan Year for
       which contributed.

6.3    ACCOUNTING STEPS.  As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall:

  (A)  Charge  to  the prior  account  balances  all  previously  uncharged
       payments or distributions made from Participants' accounts since the
       last preceding Valuation Date.

  (B)  Adjust the net  credit  balances in Participants' accounts upward or
       downward, pro rata, so that  the  total  of such net credit balances
       will equal the then adjusted net worth of the Trust Fund;

  (C)  Allocate and credit Employer Contributions  and  any forfeitures (as
       described in Section 7.3) that are to be allocated  and  credited as
       of that date in accordance with Sections 6.5 and 6.6.

       Notwithstanding  the  preceding, the Trustee shall be authorized  to
       utilize such other method  of  accounting  for  the  gains or losses
       experience by the Trust as may accurately reflect each Participant's
       interest therein.

6.4    ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

  (A)  DISCRETIONARY PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS.

       (1)  NONSTANDARDIZED PLANS.  If the Plan is a nonstandardized  Plan,
            Employer  Contributions  for  the  Plan Year shall be allocated
            among  and  credited to the Employer Contribution  Accounts  of
            each Participant,  including a Participant on leave of absence,
            who is entitled to receive  a  contribution  as  elected by the
            Employer  in  the  Adoption Agreement, pursuant to the  formula
            elected  by  the Employer  in  Item  B(8)(b)  of  the  Adoption
            Agreement  If  elected  in the Adoption Agreement, Participants
            whose employment terminated  because  of  retirement,  death or
            disability  before  the end of the Plan Year will share in  the
            contributions  for  the   year   if  elected  in  the  Adoption
            Agreement.

       (2)  STANDARDIZED PLANS.  Employer Contributions  for  the Plan Year
            shall   be   allocated  among  and  credited  to  the  Employer
            Contribution Account  of  each Participant who either completes
            more than 500 Hours of Service  during  the  Plan Year (or such
            lesser  number of Hours of Service as may be specified  in  the
            Adoption  Agreement) or is employed on the last day of the Plan
            Year pursuant  to  the  formula elected by the Employer in Item
            B(8)(b) of the Adoption Agreement.   If elected in the Adoption
            Agreement, Participants whose employment  terminated before the
            end of the Plan Year because of retirement, death or disability
            will share in the contributions for the year  if elected in the
            Adoption Agreement.
  (B)  MONEY PURCHASE PENSION PLANS.  Employer Contributions  will  be made
       and  allocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of Participants
       for the  Plan  Year  as elected in the Adoption Agreement.  Sections
       6.4(A)(1) and (2) above  also  apply  to  the Money Purchase Pension
       Plans.

  (C)  PAIRED PLANS.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
       if the Employer maintains two plans which are Paired Plans, only one
       may  contain  an allocation, as elected in the  Adoption  Agreement,
       utilizing permitted disparity as defined in Code Section 401(l).

6.5    ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES.  As elected in Items B(11) and/or C(6) of
       the Adoption Agreement,  as  of  the  last day of the Plan Year, any
       forfeitures which arose under the Plan  during  that  year  shall be
       used  to:  (i)  pay  the  expenses of the Plan; (ii) reduce Employer
       Contributions; or, (iii) be  allocated  to Participants accounts, as
       may be selected in the Adoption Agreement.   Forfeitures under (iii)
       shall be allocated as provided in Section 6.4.

6.6    LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS.

  (A)  DEFINITIONS:  For purposes of limiting allocations  pursuant to this
       section, the following definitions shall apply:

       (1)  ANNUAL ADDITIONS:  The sum of the following amounts credited to
            a Participant's account for the Limitation Year:

            (a)  Employer Contributions;

            (b)  Employee Contributions;

            (c)  forfeitures;

            (d)  amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to  an individual
                 medical account, as defined in  Section 415  (l)(2) of the
                 Code,  which  is   part  of  a  pension  or  annuity  Plan
                 maintained    by   the  Employer  are  treated  as  Annual
                 Additions to a defined  contribution  Plan.   Also amounts
                 derived from contributions paid  or accrued after December
                 31, 1985, in  taxable years ending after  such date, which
                 are  attributable  to  post-retirement medical   benefits,
                 allocated to the separate  account   of a Key Employee, as
                 defined  in  Section   419A(d)(3)  of the  Code,  under  a
                 welfare  benefit fund, as defined in  Section  419(e)   of
                 the  Code,  maintained  by  the  Employer  are  treated as
                 Annual Additions to a defined  contribution Plan; and,

            (e)  allocations under a simplified employee pension.

                 For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections
                 6.6(B)(4)  or 6.6(C)(6) in the Limitation Year  to  reduce
                 Employer Contributions will be considered Annual Additions
                 for such Limitation Year.

       (2)  COMPENSATION:  Compensation  as  described  below,  interpreted
            consistently with the provisions of Code Section 414(s) and the
            regulations  issued  thereunder,  as  may  be  selected by  the
            Employer, and uniformly applied for testing purpose:

            (a)  W-2  COMPENSATION  (WAGES,  TIPS,  AND  OTHER COMPENSATION
                 REQUIRED  TO  BE REPORTED UNDER SECTIONS 6041,  6051,  AND
                 6052 OF THE CODE,  AS REPORTED ON FORM W-2).  Compensation
                 is defined as wages  within the meaning of Section 3401(a)
                 and all other payments  of  compensation to an Employee by
                 the Employer (in the course of  the  Employer's  trade  or
                 business)  for  which  the Employer is required to furnish
                 the Employee a written statement  under  Sections 6041(d),
                 6051(a)(3)  and  6052 of the Code.  Compensation  must  be
                 determined without  regard  to  any  rules  under  Section
                 3401(a)  that  limit  the  remuneration  included in wages
                 based on the nature or location of the employment  or  the
                 services performed (such as the exception for agricultural
                 labor in Section 3401(a)(2).

            (b)  WITHHOLDING COMPENSATION (<section>3401(A)).  Compensation
                 is  defined as wages within the meaning of Section 3401(a)
                 for the  purposes  of income tax withholding at the source
                 but determined without  regard to any rules that limit the
                 remuneration included in  wages  based  on  the  nature or
                 location of the employment or the services performed (such
                 as   the  exception  for  agricultural  labor  in  Section
                 3401(a)(2)).

            (c)  SECTION  415  SAFE-HARBOR  COMPENSATION.   Compensation is
                 defined  as  wages,  salaries,  and  fees for professional
                 services  and  other amounts received (without  regard  to
                 whether or not an  amount  is  paid  in cash) for personal
                 services  actually  rendered in the course  of  employment
                 with the Employer maintaining  the Plan to the extent that
                 the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but
                 not  limited to, commissions paid  salesman,  compensation
                 for services  on  the  basis  of  a percentage of profits,
                 commissions on insurance premiums,  tips,  bonuses, fringe
                 benefits,  and reimbursements or other expense  allowances
                 under a nonaccountable  Plan  (as described in 1.62-2(c)),
                 and excluding the following:

                 (i)  Employer  contributions  to   a   Plan   of  deferred
                      compensation   which   are   not  includible  in  the
                      Employee's  gross  income for the  taxable  year   in
                      which contributed, or Employer  contributions under a
                      simplified employee   pension Plan to the extent such
                      contributions are deductible by the  Employee, or any
                      distributions from a Plan  of deferred compensation;

                 (ii) amounts   realized   from   the    exercise    of   a
                      non-qualified stock option, or when  restricted stock
                      (or  property)  held  by  an  Employee becomes freely
                      transferable   or  is   no  longer   subject   to   a
                      substantial risk of  forfeiture;

                 (iii)amounts realized  from  the  sale, exchange or  other
                      disposition  of  stock acquired  under  a   qualified
                      stock option; and

                 (iv) other amounts which  received  special tax  benefits,
                      or  contributions made by the  Employer  (whether  or
                      not under a salary   reduction agreement) towards the
                      purchase of  an annuity contract described in Section
                      403(b) of the Code (whether or not the  contributions
                      are actually excludable from  the gross income of the
                      Employee).

                      Notwithstanding   anything   in  the  definitions  of
                      Compensation  preceding,  at the  discretion  of  the
                      Employer, uniformly applied,  Compensation shall, for
                      purposes of ADP and ACP testing  as  provided  for in
                      Article III, include amounts not currently includible
                      in  income  pursuant to Code Sections 125, 402(a)(8),
                      402(h) and 403(b).   For  allocation  purposes,  such
                      amounts   shall  be  includible  as  elected  in  the
                      Adoption Agreement.

                      For any self-employed  Individual,  Compensation will
                      mean Earned Income.

                      For  Limitation  Years beginning after  December  31,
                      1991, for purposes  of  applying  the  limitations of
                      Section  6.6, Compensation for a Limitation  Year  is
                      the compensation  actually  paid  or  made  available
                      during such Limitation Year.

                      Notwithstanding  the preceding sentence, Compensation
                      for a Participant  in a defined contribution Plan who
                      is permanently and totally  disabled  (as  defined in
                      Section  22(e)(3)  of  the  Code) is the Compensation
                      such   Participant  would  have  received   for   the
                      Limitation  Year  if the Participant had been paid at
                      the  rate  of Compensation  paid  immediately  before
                      becoming  permanently   and  totally  disabled;  such
                      imputed compensation for the disabled Participant may
                      be taken into account only  if the Participant is not
                      a Highly Compensated Employee, (as defined in Section
                      414(q) of the Code), and contributions made on behalf
                      of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

       (3)  DEFINED BENEFIT FRACTION:  A fraction,  the  numerator of which
            is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under
            all  the  defined  benefit  plans  (whether or not  terminated)
            maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the
            lesser of 125 percent of the dollar  limitation  determined for
            the Limitation Year under Sections 415(b) and (d)  of  the Code
            or   140   percent   of   the   Participant's  Highest  Average
            Compensation, including any adjustments under Section 415(b) of
            the Code.

            Notwithstanding the above if the  Participant was a participant
            as  of  the  first day of the first Limitation  Year  beginning
            after December  31,  1986, in one or more defined benefit plans
            maintained by the Employer  which  were  in existence on May 6,
            1986, the denominator of this fraction will  not  be  less than
            125 per cent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans
            which  the Participant had accrued as of the close of the  last
            Limitation  Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding
            any changes in  the terms and conditions of  the Plan after May
            5, 1986.  The preceding  sentence  applies  only if the defined
            benefit plans individually and in the aggregate  satisfied  the
            requirements  of Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning
            before January 1, 1987.

       (4)  DEFINED  CONTRIBUTION   DOLLAR  LIMITATION:   For  purposes  of
            calculating the Maximum Permissible  Amount:   $30,000  or,  if
            greater,  one-fourth  of  the defined benefit dollar limitation
            set forth in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect for the
            Limitation Year.

       (5)  DEFINED CONTRIBUTION FRACTION:   A  fraction,  the numerator of
            which  is the sum of the Annual Additions to the  Participant's
            accounts  under  all the defined contribution plans (whether or
            not terminated) maintained  by the Employer for the current and
            all  prior Limitation Years, (including  the  Annual  Additions
            attributable   to   the  Participant's  nondeductible  employee
            contributions to all  defined  benefit  plans,  whether  or not
            terminated,   maintained   by  the  Employer,  and  the  Annual
            Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as defined
            in Section 419(e) of the Code,  individual medical accounts, as
            defined  in  Section  415(l)(2)  of the  Code,  and  simplified
            employee  pension,  maintained  by  the   Employer),   and  the
            denominator  of  which  is  the  sum  of  the maximum aggregate
            amounts  for  the  current  and all prior Limitation  Years  of
            service  with the Employer (regardless  of  whether  a  defined
            contribution Plan was maintained by the Employer).  The maximum
            aggregate  amount  in  any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125
            percent  of  the dollar limitation  determined  under  Sections
            415(b) and (d) of the Code in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A)
            of the Code or 35 percent of the Participant's Compensation for
            such year.

            If the Employee  was  a  participant as of the end of the first
            day of the first Limitation  Year  beginning after December 31,
            1986, in one or more defined contribution  plans  maintained by
            the  Employer  which  were  in  existence  on May 6, 1986,  the
            numerator of this fraction will be adjusted  if the sum of this
            fraction  and  the  Defined  Benefit  Fraction would  otherwise
            exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan.  Under the adjustment,
            an amount equal to the product of (1) the  excess of the sum of
            the  fractions  over  1.0  times  (2) the denominator  of  this
            fraction, will be permanently subtracted  from the numerator of
            this  fraction.   The  adjustment  is  calculated   using   the
            fractions  as  they would be computed as of the end of the last
            Limitation  Year   beginning   before   January  1,  1987,  and
            disregarding  any changes in the terms and  conditions  of  the
            Plan  made after  May  5,  1986,  but  using  the  Section  415
            limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on
            or after January 1, 1987.

            The Annual  Addition  for  any Limitation Year beginning before
            January 1, 1987, shall not be  recomputed to treat all Employee
            contributions as Annual Additions.

       (6)  EMPLOYER:  For purposes of this Section 6.6:  the Employer that
            adopts this Plan, and all members  of  a  controlled  group  of
            corporations  (as  defined  in  section  414(b)  of the Code as
            modified by Section 415(h), all commonly controlled  trades  or
            businesses (as defined in Section 414(c) as modified by Section
            415(h))  or  affiliated  service  groups (as defined in Section
            414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part, and any other
            entity required to be aggregated with  the Employer pursuant to
            regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

       (7)  EXCESS   AMOUNT:   The  excess  of  the  Participant's   Annual
            Additions  for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible
            Amount.

       (8)  HIGHEST AVERAGE  COMPENSATION:  For purposes of calculating the
            Defined Benefit Fraction,  the  average  compensation  for  the
            three  (3)  consecutive Years of Service with the Employer that
            produces the  highest  average.   A  Year  of  Service with the
            Employer is the twelve-consecutive month period defined in Item
            B(4)(j) of the Adoption Agreement.

       (9)  LIMITATION  YEAR:  A calendar year or any other 12  consecutive
            month period elected in Item B(4)(d) of the Adoption Agreement.
            All qualified  plans  maintained  by  the Employer must use the
            same Limitation Year.  If the Limitation  Year  is amended to a
            different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation  Year
            must  begin  on  a date within the Limitation Year in which the
            amendment is made.

       (10) MASTER OR PROTOTYPE  PLAN:   A  Plan  the  form of which is the
            subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue
            Service.

       (11) MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT:  The maximum Annual  Addition  that
            may  be  contributed  or  allocated  to a Participant's account
            under the Plan for any Limitation Year  shall  not  exceed  the
            lesser of:

            (a)  the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

            (b)  25  percent  of  the  Participant's  Compensation  for the
                 Limitation Year.
                 The  Compensation limitation referred to in (b) shall  not
                 apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the
                 meaning  of  Section  401(h)  or Section 419A(f)(2) of the
                 Code) which is otherwise treated  as  an  Annual  Addition
                 under Section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                 If  a  short  Limitation  Year  is  created  because of an
                 amendment  changing  the  Limitation  Year  to a different
                 12-consecutive   month  period,  the  Maximum  Permissible
                 Amount will not exceed  the  Defined  Contribution  Dollar
                 Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:

               NUMBER OF MONTHS IN THE SHORT LIMITATION YEAR
                                    12

       (12) PROJECTED  ANNUAL  BENEFIT:   For  purposes  of calculating the
            Defined  Benefit  Fraction:   the  annual  retirement   benefit
            (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if
            such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight  life
            annuity  or  qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the
            Participant would  be  entitled  under  the  terms of the Plan,
            assuming:   (1) the Participant will continue employment  until
            Normal Retirement  Date  under  the  Plan,  (or current age, if
            later), and (2) the Participant's Compensation  for the current
            Limitation  Year  and  all  other  relevant  factors  used   to
            determine  benefits under the Plan will remain constant for all
            future Limitation Years.

  (B)  ANNUAL ADDITION LIMITATIONS:

       (1)  If the Participant  does  not  participate  in,  and  has never
            participated in another qualified Plan or welfare benefit fund,
            as  defined  in  Section  419(e) of the Code maintained by  the
            Employer,  or an individual  medical  account,  as  defined  in
            Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, or a
            simplified employee  pension,  as  defined in Section 408(K) of
            the Code, maintained by the Employer  which  provides an Annual
            Addition  as  defined in Section 6.6(E), the amount  of  Annual
            Additions which  may  be  credited to the Participant's account
            for any Limitation Year will  not  exceed  the  lesser  of  the
            Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in
            this  Plan.   If the Employer Contribution that would otherwise
            be contributed  or allocated to the Participant's account would
            cause the Annual  Additions   for the Limitation Year to exceed
            the  Maximum  Permissible Amount,  the  amount  contributed  or
            allocated will  be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the
            Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.

       (2)  Prior to determining  the Participant's actual Compensation for
            the Limitation Year, the  Employer  may  determine  the Maximum
            Permissible  Amount  for  a  Participant  on  the  basis  of  a
            reasonable estimation of the Participant's Compensation for the
            Limitation  Year,  uniformly  determined  for  all Participants
            similarly situated.

       (3)  As soon as is administratively feasible after the  end  of  the
            Limitation   Year,  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  for  the
            Limitation  Year  will  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  the
            Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

       (4)  If pursuant to Section 6.6(B)(3) or as result of the allocation
            of forfeitures,  there  is an Excess Amount, the excess will be
            disposed of as follows:

            (a)  Any nondeductible voluntary employee contributions, to the
                 extent  they  would reduce  the  Excess  Amount,  will  be
                 returned to the Participant.

            (b)  If after the application of paragraph (a) an Excess Amount
                 still exists and the Participant is covered by the Plan at
                 the end of the  Limitation  Year, the Excess Amount in the
                 Participant's  account will be  used  to  reduce  Employer
                 Contributions (including  any  allocation  of forfeitures)
                 for such Participant in the next Limitation year, and each
                 succeeding Limitation Year, if necessary.

            (c)  If after the application of paragraph (a) an Excess Amount
                 still  exists, and the Participant is not covered  by  the
                 Plan at  the  end  of a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount
                 will  be held unallocated  in  a  suspense  account.   The
                 suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer
                 Contributions  (including  allocation  of any forfeitures)
                 for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year
                 and each succeeding Limitation Year, if necessary.

            (d)  If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
                 Limitation Year pursuant to this Section  6.6(A),  it will
                 not   participate   in   the  allocation  of  the  trust's
                 investment gains and losses.   If a suspense account is in
                 existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year,
                 all amounts in the suspense account  must be allocated and
                 reallocated to Participants' accounts  before any Employer
                 Contributions or any Employee contributions may be made to
                 the Plan for that Limitation Year.  Excess Amounts may not
                 be distributed to Participants or former Participants.

  (C)  MULTIPLE PLAN LIMITATION.

       (1)  This Section 6.6(C) applies if, in addition to  this  Plan, the
            Participant  is  covered  under  another  qualified  Master  or
            Prototype defined contribution Plan maintained by the Employer,
            a  welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section 419(e) of the
            Code  maintained  by the Employer,  or  an  individual  medical
            account,  as  defined   in   Section  415(l)(2)  of  the  Code,
            maintained by the Employer, or  a   simplified employee pension
            maintained by the employer which provides an Annual Addition as
            defined  in  Section 6.6(A) during any  Limitation  Year.   The
            Annual Additions  which  may  be  credited  to  a Participant's
            accounts under this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall not
            exceed  the  Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by  the  Annual
            Additions credited  to a Participant's accounts under the other
            qualified  master and  prototype  defined  contribution  plans,
            welfare  benefit   funds,   individual  medical  accounts,  and
            simplified employee pensions  for the same Limitation Year.  If
            the  Annual Additions with respect  to  the  Participant  under
            other qualified master and prototype defined contribution plans
            and welfare  benefit  funds,  individual  medical accounts, and
            simplified  employee pension, maintained by  the  Employer  are
            less than the  Maximum Permissible Amount and the contributions
            that  would  otherwise  be  contributed  or  allocated  to  the
            Participant's  Employer  Contribution  Account  under this Plan
            would  cause  the Annual Additions for the Limitation  Year  to
            exceed this limitation,  the  amount  contributed  or allocated
            will  be  reduced  so that the Annual Additions under all  such
            plans and funds for  the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum
            Permissible Amount.  If  the  Annual  Additions with respect to
            the Participant under such other qualified master and prototype
            defined  contribution plans, welfare benefit  funds  individual
            medical accounts,  and  simplified  employee  pension,  in  the
            aggregate  are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible
            Amount, no amount  will  be  contributed  or  allocated  to the
            Participant's Employer Contribution Account under this Plan for
            the Limitation Year.

       (2)  Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation  for
            the  Limitation  Year,  the  Employer may determine the Maximum
            Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in
            Section 6.6(B)(2).

       (3)  As soon as is administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
            Limitation  Year,  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount  for   the
            Limitation  Year  will  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  the
            Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

       (4)  If,  pursuant  to  Section  6.6(C)(3)  or  as  a  result of the
            allocation  of  forfeitures,  a  Participant's Annual Additions
            under this Plan and all other plans  result in an Excess Amount
            for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount  shall  be  deemed  to
            consist  of  the  amounts  last  allocated,  except that Annual
            Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension will be
            deemed  to  have  been  allocated  first,  followed  by  annual
            additions  to  a  welfare  benefit  fund or individual  medical
            account regardless of the actual allocation date.

       (5)  If  an  Excess  Amount was allocated to  a  Participant  on  an
            allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation
            date of another Plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan
            will be the product of:

            (a)  the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

            (b)  the ratio of  (i)  the  Annual  Additions allocated to the
                 Participant for the Limitation Year  as of such date under
                 this Plan to (ii) the total Annual Additions  allocated to
                 the  Participant  for the Limitation Year as of such  date
                 under this and all  other  qualified  Master  or Prototype
                 defined contribution plans.

       (6)  Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan should be disposed of
            as provided in Section 6.6(C)(4).

  (D)  If  the  Participant  is  covered  under  another  qualified defined
       contribution Plan maintained by the Employer which is  not  a Master
       or  Prototype  Plan,  Annual Additions which may be credited to  the
       Participant's accounts  under this Plan for any Limitation Year will
       be limited in accordance  with  Section  6.6(C)  (1-6) as though the
       Plan  were  a Master or Prototype Plan unless the Employer  provides
       other limitations in Item B(12) of the Adoption Agreement.

  (E)  If the Employer  maintains,  or  at any time maintained, a qualified
       defined benefit Plan covering any  Participant in this Plan, the sum
       of  the  Participant's Defined Benefit  Plan  Fraction  and  Defined
       Contribution  Plan  Fraction  will  not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation
       Year.   The  Annual  Additions  which  may   be   credited   to  the
       Participant's accounts under this Plan for any Limitation Year  will
       be limited in accordance with Item B(12) of the Adoption Agreement.

6.7    REPORTS  TO  PARTICIPANTS.   The Committee shall cause reports to be
       made at least annually to each Participant and to the Beneficiary of
       each deceased Participant as to the value of each such Participant's
       accounts, as of an appropriate preceding Valuation Date.

                                ARTICLE VII
                        PAYMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

7.1    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT UPON  DISABILITY  OR DEATH.  A Participant
       shall  become  fully  vested  in  his  or her Employer  Contribution
       Accounts if the Participant becomes Disabled  under Sections 5.1(A),
       (B), (C) or (D) or dies while still employed.   The  accounts  of  a
       Participant  who  retires  becomes  Disabled  or  dies  will  become
       distributable  to  the  Participant  or  to  his  or  her  Spouse or
       Beneficiary.   If  distributed immediately, subject to Section  7.4,
       the distributable balance,  after adjustments, will be determined as
       soon as practicable following  the receipt by the Trustee of written
       notice of the Participant's termination from the Committee.

7.2    TIMING  FOR  DETERMINING  ACCOUNT  BALANCE   UPON   TERMINATION   OF
       EMPLOYMENT   PRIOR   TO  RETIREMENT,  DISABILITY  OR  DEATH.   If  a
       Participant  terminates   employment   with   the   Employer  before
       retirement   under  Sections  5.1(F)  the  vested  portion  of   the
       Participant's  Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Account
       shall  be  determined   and  such  Participant's  accounts  will  be
       distributable  to  the  Participant.   If  distributed  immediately,
       subject   to   Section  7.4,  the   distributable   balance,   after
       adjustments, will  be  determined  as  soon as practicable following
       receipt  by  the  Trustee  of written notice  of  the  Participant's
       termination  from  the Committee.   The  account  balance  shall  be
       distributable at such time as elected in the Adoption Agreement, but
       in no event shall an account balance not be distributable later than
       the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

7.3    VESTING ON DISTRIBUTION BEFORE BREAK-IN-SERVICE; CASH-OUTS.

  (A)  If an Employee terminates  service,  and the value of the Employee's
       vested   account   balance  derived  from  Employer   and   Employee
       contributions is not  greater than $3,500, the Employee will receive
       a distribution of the value  of  the  entire  vested portion of such
       account  balances,  and  Rollover  Account  balance,  if  any.   The
       nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.   For purposes of
       this  Section  7.3,  if  the  value of an Employee's vested  account
       balance is zero, the Employee shall  be  deemed  to  have received a
       distribution of such vested account balance.  A Participant's vested
       account  balance  shall not include accumulated deductible  employee
       contributions within  the meaning of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code
       for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

  (B)  If an Employee terminates  service,  and  elects, in accordance with
       the  requirements  of  Section  7.4, to receive  the  value  of  the
       Employee's vested account balance,  the  nonvested  portion  will be
       treated as a forfeiture.  If the Employee elects to have distributed
       less  than  the entire vested portion of the balance in the Employer
       Contribution Account, the part of the nonvested portion that will be
       treated as a forfeiture is the total nonvested portion multiplied by
       a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the distribution
       attributable  to Employer Contributions and the denominator of which
       is  the  total  value   of   the  vested  balance  in  the  Employer
       Contribution Account.

  (C)  If an Employee receives a distribution  pursuant to this Section 7.3
       and the Employee resumes employment covered  under  this  Plan,  the
       Employee's  Employer  Contribution  Account  and/or Matching Account
       balance will be restored to the amount on the  date  of distribution
       if  the  Employee  repays  to  the  Plan  the  full  amount  of  the
       distribution  attributable  to  Employer  contributions  before  the
       earlier of 5 years after the first  date on which the Participant is
       subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or the date the Participant
       incurs five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service following
       the date of the distribution.  If an Employee is deemed to receive a
       distribution  pursuant to this Section 7.3, and the Employee resumes
       employment covered  under  this Plan before the date the Participant
       incurs five (5) consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Service, upon the
       reemployment of such Employee,  the  Employer  Contribution  Account
       balance  and/or  Matching  Account  balance  of the Employee will be
       restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution.

7.4    RESTRICTIONS ON IMMEDIATE DISTRIBUTIONS.

  (A)  If the value of a Participant's vested account  balance derived from
       Employer and Employee contributions exceeds (or at  the  time of any
       prior  distribution  exceeded)  $3,500,  and the account balance  is
       immediately  distributable, the Participant  and  the  Participant's
       Spouse (or where  either the Participant or the Spouse has died, the
       survivor) must consent  to any distribution of such account balance.
       The consent of the Participant and the Participant's Spouse shall be
       obtained in writing within  the  90-day period ending on the annuity
       starting date.  The annuity starting  date  is  the first day of the
       first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity  or any other
       form.    The   Committee   shall  notify  the  Participant  and  the
       Participant's Spouse of the  right  to  defer any distribution until
       the   Participant's   account  balance  is  no  longer   immediately
       distributable.    Such  notification   shall   include   a   general
       description of the  material  features,  and  an  explanation of the
       relative  values  of, the optional forms of benefit available  under
       the Plan in a manner  that  would satisfy the notice requirements of
       Section 417(a)(3), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no
       more  than 90 days prior to the  annuity  starting  date.   However,
       distribution  may  commence  less  than  30  days  after  the notice
       described   in   the  preceding  sentence  is  given,  provided  the
       distribution is one  to  which  sections  401(a)(11)  and 417 of the
       Internal  Revenue Code do not apply, the plan administrator  clearly
       informs the participant that the participant has a right to a period
       of at least  30  days  after  receiving  the  notice to consider the
       decision  of  whether  or  not  to  elect  a distribution  (and,  if
       applicable, a particular distribution option),  and the participant,
       after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

       Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant  need consent to
       the commencement of a distribution in the form of a Qualified  Joint
       and  Survivor  Annuity  while  the  account  balance  is immediately
       distributable.  (Furthermore, if payment in the form of  a Qualified
       Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity  is  not required with respect to  the
       Participant  pursuant  to  Section  7.10   of  the  Plan,  only  the
       Participant need consent to the distribution  of  an account balance
       that  is  immediately  distributable.  Neither  the consent  of  the
       Participant nor the Participant's Spouse shall be  required  to  the
       extent  that a distribution is required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9)
       or Section  415  of the Code.  In addition, upon termination of this
       Plan if the Plan does  not offer an annuity option (purchased from a
       commercial provider), and  if  the Employer or any entity within the
       same controlled  group as the Employer  does  not  maintain  another
       defined  contribution  Plan  (other than an employee stock ownership
       Plan  as  defined  in  Section  4975(e)(7)   of   the   Code),   the
       Participant's   account  balance  will,  without  the  Participant's
       consent, be distributed  to the Participant.  However, if any entity
       within the same controlled  group  as the Employer maintains another
       defined contribution Plan (other than  an  employee  stock ownership
       Plan  as  defined  in  Section  4975(e)(7)  of  the  Code) then  the
       Participant's  account  balance  will  be  transferred, without  the
       Participant's consent, to the other Plan if the Participant does not
       consent to an immediate distribution.

       An account balance is immediately distributable  if  any part of the
       account  balance  could  be  distributed  to  the  Participant   (or
       surviving  spouse)  before  the  Participant  attains  or would have
       attained if not deceased) the later of the Normal Retirement Date or
       age 62.

  (B)  For  purposes  of  determining  the  applicability  of the foregoing
       consent requirements to distributions made before the  first  day of
       the   first  Plan  Year  beginning  after  December  31,  1988,  the
       Participant's  vested  account  balance  shall  not  include amounts
       attributable to accumulated deductible employee contributions within
       the meaning of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

7.5    COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS.  Unless the Participant elects  otherwise,
       payments  will  be made or commence to a Participant by the Trustee,
       as directed by the  Committee, no later than the sixtieth (60th) day
       after the latest of the  close  of  the  Plan  Year in which (1) the
       Participant attains age sixty-five (65) (or Normal  Retirement Date;
       if earlier); (2) occurs the tenth (10th) anniversary  of the year in
       which  the Participant commenced participation in the Plan;  or  (3)
       the Participant terminates his or her service with the Employer.

  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and Spouse to
  consent to a  distribution  while a benefit is immediately distributable,
  within the meaning of Section  7.4  of the Plan, shall be deemed to be an
  election to defer commencement of payment  of  any  benefit sufficient to
  satisfy this section.

7.6    TIMING AND MODES OF DISTRIBUTION.

  (A)  GENERAL RULES.

       (1)  Subject   to   Section   7.10,   Joint  and  Survivor   Annuity
            Requirements, the requirements of  this Section 7.6 shall apply
            to any distribution of a Participant's  interest  and will take
            precedence  over  any  inconsistent  provisions  of this  Plan.
            Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this  Section 7.6
            apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 1984.

       (2)  All  distributions  required  under  this Section 7.6 shall  be
            determined  and  made  in  accordance  with   the   Income  Tax
            Regulations  under  Section  401(a)(9),  including  the minimum
            distribution   incidental   benefit   requirement   of  Section
            1.401(a)(9)-2 of the regulations.

       (3)  The normal form of payment for a profit-sharing Plan satisfying
            the  requirements  of Section 7.10(F) hereof shall be a  single
            sum with no option for  annuity  payments;  provided,  however,
            that distributions may be made:

            (a)  In  installment  payments,  if  the  Employer  has elected
                 installment  payments  in  Item  B(10)(a)  of the Adoption
                 Agreement;

            (b)  Through such other form of benefit as may be identified in
                 Item  B(10)(a) of the Adoption Agreement, which  shall  be
                 available  to  Participants as an optional form of benefit
                 payment, and shall preclude Employer discretion;

            (c)  Through such other  form of benefits as may be required to
                 be protected as Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits.

  (B)  REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE.  The entire  interest of a Participant must
       be  distributed  or  begin  to  be distributed  no  later  than  the
       Participant's required beginning date.

  (C)  LIMITS  ON  DISTRIBUTION PERIODS.   As  of  the  first  distribution
       calendar year,  distributions, if not made in a single-sum, may only
       be  made  over one  of  the  following  periods  (or  a  combination
       thereof):

       (1)  the life of the Participant,

       (2)  the life of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary,

       (3)  a period  certain  not  extending beyond the life expectancy of
            the Participant, or

       (4)  a  period  certain not extending  beyond  the  joint  and  last
            survivor  expectancy   of  the  Participant  and  a  designated
            Beneficiary.

  (D)  DETERMINATION  OF  AMOUNT  TO BE  DISTRIBUTED  EACH  YEAR.   If  the
       Participant's interest is to  be  distributed in other than a single
       sum, the following minimum distribution  rules  shall  apply  on  or
       after the required beginning date:

       (1)         INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT.

            (a)  If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over:

                 (i)  a period not extending  beyond the life expectancy of
                      the   participant or the joint life and last survivor
                      expectancy  of  the Participant and the Participant's
                      designated Beneficiary; or

                 (ii) a period not extending  beyond the life expectancy of
                      the designated Beneficiary, the amount required to be
                      distributed for each calendar  year,  beginning  with
                      distributions  for  the  first  distribution calendar
                      year,  must at least equal the quotient  obtained  by
                      dividing the  Participant's benefit by the applicable
                      life expectancy.

            (b)  For calendar  years  beginning before  January 1, 1989, if
                 the   Participant's   Spouse   is   not   the   designated
                 beneficiary,  the method  of  distribution  selected  must
                 assure that at  least  50%  of  the  present  value of the
                 amount available for distribution is paid within  the life
                 expectancy of the Participant.

            (c)  For calendar years beginning after  December 31, 1988, the
                 amount  to  be   distributed  each  year,  beginning  with
                 distributions  for  the  first  distribution calendar year
                 shall not be less than the quotient  obtained  by dividing
                 the  Participant's  benefit  by  the  lesser  of  (1)  the
                 applicable  life  expectancy  or  (2) if the Participant's
                 Spouse is not the designated Beneficiary,  the  applicable
                 divisor   determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4  of
                 Section  1.401(a)(9)-2  of  the  Income  Tax  Regulations.
                 Distributions  after the death of the Participant shall be
                 distributed  using   the  applicable  life  expectancy  in
                 Section  (1)(a)  above as  the  relevant  divisor  without
                 regard to Regulations Section  1.401(a)(9)-2.

            (d)  The minimum distribution  required  for  the Participant's
                 first  distribution  calendar   year must be  made  on  or
                 before  the Participant's required  beginning  date.   The
                 minimum distribution  for other calendar  years, including
                 the minimum distribution  for  the  distribution  calendar
                 year  in  which   the  Employee's  required beginning date
                 occurs,  must be made on or before  December  31  of  that
                 distribution calendar year.

       (2)  OTHER FORMS.  If  the  Participant's  benefit is distributed in
            the  form  of an annuity purchased from an  insurance  company,
            distributions  thereunder  shall be made in accordance with the
            requirements  of  Section  401(a)(9)   of   the  Code  and  the
            regulations thereunder.

  (E)  DEATH DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

       (1)  DISTRIBUTION BEGINNING BEFORE DEATH.  If the  Participant  dies
            after  distribution  of  his  or  her  interest  has begun, the
            remaining  portion  of  such  interest  will  continue  to   be
            distributed  at  least  as  rapidly  as  under  the  method  of
            distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.

       (2)  DISTRIBUTION  BEGINNING  AFTER  DEATH.  If the Participant dies
            before distribution of his or her interest begins, distribution
            of  the Participant's entire interest  shall  be  completed  by
            December   31   of  the  calendar  year  containing  the  fifth
            anniversary of the  Participant's  death  except  to the extent
            that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance
            with (a) or (b) below:

            (a)  if any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to
                 a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be  made  over
                 the  life  or   over a period certain not greater than the
                 life expectancy of  the  designated Beneficiary commencing
                 on or before  December 31 of the calendar year immediately
                 following the calendar year in which the Participant died;

            (b)  if  the  designated  Beneficiary   is  the   Participant's
                 surviving Spouse, the date  distributions  are required to
                 begin in accordance with (a) above shall not  be   earlier
                 than  the  later of (1) December 31 of  the calendar  year
                 immediately  following  the   calendar  year  in which the
                 Participant died  and (2) December 31 of the calendar year
                 in which the Participant would have attained  age 70-1/2.

                 If  the Participant has not made an election  pursuant  to
                 this  Section  7.6(E)(2) by the  time of his or her death,
                 the Participant's  designated  Beneficiary  must elect the
                 method  of distribution no later than the earlier  of  (1)
                 December  31  of  the calendar year in which distributions
                 would be required to   begin  under  this  section, or (2)
                 December  31  of  the calendar year in which contains  the
                 fifth  anniversary  of   the   date   of   death  of   the
                 Participant.    If   the  Participant  has  no  designated
                 Beneficiary, or if the  designated   Beneficiary  does not
                 elect  a  method  of  distribution,  distribution  of  the
                 Participant's   entire  interest  must  be   completed  by
                 December 31 of the  calendar  year  containing  the  fifth
                 anniversary of the  Participant's death.

       (3)  SURVIVING  SPOUSE'S  DEATH.   For  purposes  of  Section (E)(2)
            above, if the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant,  but
            before payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions of Section
            (E)(2)  with  the  exception of paragraph (b) therein, shall be
            applied as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

       (4)  MINOR BENEFICIARY.   For  purposes  of  this  Section  (E), any
            amount paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if
            it  had been paid to the surviving Spouse if the amount becomes
            payable  to the surviving Spouse when the child reaches the age
            of majority.

       (5)  DISTRIBUTION  CONSIDERED  TO  BEGIN ON REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE.
            For  the  purposes  of  this Section  (E),  distribution  of  a
            Participant's  interest  is   considered   to   begin   on  the
            Participant's  required  beginning  date (or, if Section (E)(3)
            above is applicable, the date distribution is required to begin
            to the surviving Spouse pursuant to Section  (E)(2) above).  If
            distribution in the form of an annuity irrevocably commences to
            the Participant before the required beginning  date,  the  date
            distribution  is  considered  to begin is the date distribution
            actually commences.

  (F)  DEFINITIONS.

       (1)  APPLICABLE LIFE EXPECTANCY:  The  life expectancy (or joint and
            last survivor expectancy) calculated  using the attained age of
            the  Participant  (or  designated  Beneficiary)   as   of   the
            Participant's  (or  designated  Beneficiary's)  birthday in the
            applicable calendar year reduced by one for each  calendar year
            which  has  elapsed  since  the date life expectancy was  first
            calculated.   If life expectancy  is  being  recalculated,  the
            applicable life  expectancy  shall be the life expectancy as so
            recalculated. The applicable calendar  year  shall be the first
            distribution  calendar  year, and if life expectancy  is  being
            recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

       (2)  DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY:   The  individual  who is designated as
            the  Beneficiary  under  the  Plan in accordance  with  Section
            401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder.

       (3)  DISTRIBUTION  CALENDAR  YEAR:  A  calendar  year  for  which  a
            minimum distribution is required.   For distributions beginning
            before the Participant's death, the first distribution calendar
            year is the calendar year immediately  preceding  the  calendar
            year which contains the Participant's required beginning  date.
            For distributions beginning after the Participant's death,  the
            first  distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which
            distributions  are  required  to  begin pursuant to Section (E)
            above.

       (4)  LIFE EXPECTANCY:  Life expectancy and  joint  and last survivor
            expectancy are computed by use of the expected return multiples
            in  Tables  V  and  VI  of  Section  1.72-9  of the Income  Tax
            Regulations.

            Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or  Spouse, in the
            case of distributions described in Section (E)(2)(b)  above) by
            the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancies
            shall   be   recalculated  annually.  Such  election  shall  be
            irrevocable as  to  the Participant (or Spouse) and shall apply
            to all subsequent years.   The  life expectancy of a non-spouse
            Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

       (5)  PARTICIPANT'S BENEFIT:

            (a)  The account balance as of the  last valuation  date in the
                 calendar  year  immediately   preceding  the  distribution
                 calendar year  (valuation calendar  year) increased by the
                 amount of any contributions or forfeitures   allocated  to
                 the account balance as of dates  in the valuation calendar
                 year   after   the    valuation   date  and  decreased  by
                 distributions made in the valuation  calendar  year  after
                 the valuation date.

            (b)  Exception  for  second  distribution calendar  year.   For
                 purposes of paragraph (a)  above,   if  any portion of the
                 minimum distribution  for the first distribution  calendar
                 year is  made in the second distribution calendar  year on
                 or before the required beginning  date, the amount  of the
                 minimum  distribution   made  in  the  second distribution
                 calendar  year shall be treated as if it had been made  in
                 the immediately preceding distribution  calendar year.

       (6)  REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE:

            (a)  GENERAL   RULE.   The  required  beginning  date    of   a
                 Participant  is  the  first  day of April  of the calendar
                 year following the calendar  year in which the Participant
                 attains age  70-1/2.

            (b)  TRANSITIONAL RULES.  The required  beginning   date  of  a
                 Participant  who  attains  age  70-1/2   before January 1,
                 1988, shall be determined  in accordance with  (1)  or (2)
                 below:

                 (i)  Non-5-percent owners.  The required beginning date of
                      a  Participant  who  is  not a 5-percent owner is the
                      first day of April of the calendar year following the
                      calendar year in which the  later  of  retirement  or
                      attainment of age 70-1/2 occurs.

                 (ii) 5-percent  owners.   The required beginning date of a
                      Participant who is a 5-percent  owner during any year
                      beginning after December 31, 1979,  is  the first day
                      of April following the later of:

                      (a)  the  calendar  year  in  which  the  participant
                           attains age 70-1/2, or

                      (b)  the earlier of the calendar year with  or within
                           which   ends   the   Plan   Year  in  which  the
                           Participant becomes a 5-percent  owner,  or  the
                           calendar   year   in   which  the    Participant
                           retires.

                           The required beginning date of a Participant who
                           is not a 5-percent owner  who attains age 70-1/2
                           during  1988  and  who  has not  retired  as  of
                           January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.

                      (c)  5-PERCENT OWNER.  A Participant  is treated as a
                           5-percent owner for purposes of this  Section if
                           such Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined
                           in  Section  416(i)  of the Code (determined  in
                           accordance with Section  416  but without regard
                           to whether the Plan is top-heavy)  at  any  time
                           during  the  Plan Year ending with or within the
                           calendar year  in  which  such owner attains age
                           66-1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year.

                      (d)  Once  distributions have begun  to  a  5-percent
                           owner under  this Section, they must continue to
                           be distributed,  even  if the Participant ceases
                           to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

  (G)  TRANSITIONAL RULE.

       (1)  DISTRIBUTIONS TO 5-PERCENT OWNERS.  Notwithstanding  the  other
            requirements   of   this   Section   7.6  and  subject  to  the
            requirements  of  Section  7.10,  Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity
            Requirements,   distributions   on  behalf  of  any   Employee,
            including a 5-percent owner, may be made in accordance with all
            of  the  following  requirements  (regardless   of   when  such
            distribution commences):

            (a)  The distribution by the plan is one which  would  not have
                 disqualified  such  plan  under  Section 401(a)(9) of  the
                 Internal Revenue  Code as in  effect prior to amendment by
                 the  Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

            (b)  The  distribution  is  in accordance  with  a   method  of
                 distribution designated by the  Employee whose interest in
                 the plan is  being distributed  or,  if  the  Employee  is
                 deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee.

            (c)  Such  designation  was  in  writing,  was  signed   by the
                 Employee  or the Beneficiary, and was  made before January
                 1, 1984.

            (d)  The Employee  had  accrued a benefit under the  Plan as of
                 December 31, 1983.

            (e)  The method of distribution  designated by the  Employee or
                 the Beneficiary specifies the   time at which distribution
                 will commence,  the period over which  distributions  will
                 be   made,  and  in the case of any distribution  upon the
                 Employee's  death,  the  Beneficiaries   of  the  Employee
                 listed in order of priority.

       (2)  DISTRIBUTION ON DEATH.   A  distribution upon death will not be
            covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the
            designation contains the required  information  described above
            with respect to the distributions to be made upon  the death of
            the Employee.

       (3)  DESIGNATION OF DISTRIBUTION METHOD.  For any distribution which
            commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after  December
            31,  1983,  the  Employee,  or  the  Beneficiary,  to whom such
            distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated
            the  method  of  distribution  under which the distribution  is
            being  made  if  the method of distribution  was  specified  in
            writing  and the distribution  satisfies  the  requirements  in
            subsections (G)(1)(a) and (e).

       (4)  REVOCATION  OF  DESIGNATIONS.   If a designation is revoked any
            subsequent  distribution  must  satisfy   the  requirements  of
            Section  401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations  thereunder.
            If  a  designation   is   revoked   subsequent   to   the  date
            distributions  are  required to begin, the plan must distribute
            by the end of the calendar  year following the calendar year in
            which  the  revocation  occurs  the   total   amount   not  yet
            distributed  which  would  have  been  required  to  have  been
            distributed  to  satisfy  Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
            regulations thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2) election.
            For calendar years beginning  after  December  31,  1988,  such
            distributions  must  meet  the  minimum distribution incidental
            benefit requirements in Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Income Tax
            Regulations.  Any changes in the designation will be considered
            to  be  a  revocation of the designation.   However,  the  mere
            substitution  or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named
            in  the  designation)   under   the  designation  will  not  be
            considered to be a revocation of  the  designation,  so long as
            such  substitution  or addition does not alter the period  over
            which distributions are  to  be  made  under  the  designation,
            directly  or indirectly (for example, by altering the  relevant
            measuring life).  In the case in which an amount is transferred
            or rolled over  from one Plan to another Plan, the rules in Q&A
            J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.

7.7    DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

  (A)  DEFAULT BENEFICIARY.   In  the case of a Participant who is married,
       the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the Participant's Spouse, but
       if the Participant's Spouse  consents  as  provided  in this Section
       7.7,  or  if  the  Participant  is not married, then the Participant
       shall  have the right to designate  that  after  such  Participant's
       death  such   Participant's  accounts  shall  be  distributed  to  a
       designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.

  (B)  SPOUSAL CONSENT.   Any  consent  of  a Spouse given pursuant to this
       Section  must be in writing and given prior  to  the  death  of  the
       Participant.   Such  consent  must  acknowledge  the  effect  of the
       Participant's   Beneficiary   designation,   the   identity  of  any
       non-Spouse  Beneficiary,  including  any class of Beneficiaries  and
       contingent Beneficiaries, and the consent  must  be  witnessed  by a
       Plan  representative  or  a  Notary Public.  The Participant may not
       subsequently change the designation of his or her Beneficiary unless
       his Spouse consents to the new  designation  in  accordance with the
       requirements set forth in the preceding sentence.   The consent of a
       Participant's  Spouse  shall  not  be  required  if  the Participant
       establishes  to the satisfaction of the Committee that  consent  may
       not be obtained  because  there  is  no Spouse, the Spouse cannot be
       located or because of such other circumstances  as  the Secretary of
       the Treasury may prescribe by regulations.  A Spouse's consent shall
       be  irrevocable.  Any consent by a Spouse, or establishment that the
       consent  of the Spouse may not be obtained, shall be effective  only
       with respect to that Spouse.

  (C)  CHANGING BENEFICIARIES.  Subject to Subparagraphs (A) and (B) above,
       the Participant's designation of Beneficiary may be made, changed or
       revoked by  the  Participant at any time by a written instrument, in
       form satisfactory  to the Committee, and shall become effective only
       when executed by such  Participant (and, if applicable, consented to
       by the Participant's Spouse  as  set  forth  in  Section 7.7(B)) and
       filed with the Committee prior to such Participant's  death.  If all
       of   the   Beneficiaries   named  in  such  designation  shall  have
       predeceased such Participant,  or die prior to complete distribution
       of  the Participant's accounts, or  if  such  Participant  fails  to
       execute  and  file a designation and is not survived by a Spouse the
       payment of such Participant's accounts shall be made pursuant to the
       Plan and to such  Beneficiaries  as  required by state law.  Neither
       the Employer, the Committee, nor the Trustee, shall have any duty to
       see that such Participant, any Spouse  or  any  Beneficiary executes
       and files any such designation with the Committee.

7.8    OPTIONAL FORMS OF BENEFIT.  The optional forms of  benefit  provided
       by  this  Plan  are  not subject to Employer discretion and are made
       available to all Participants  on  a  nondiscriminatory  basis.  The
       optional forms of benefit are described in Articles III and  VII, as
       may  be  selected  in  the  Adoption Agreement.  If selected in Item
       B(13) of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may attach to the Plan
       a list of the Section "411(d)(6)  protected  benefits"  that must be
       preserved from a individually designed Plan or other prototype  Plan
       which this Plan amends.

7.9    DISTRIBUTION UPON DISABILITY.  In the event of the Disability of the
       Participant,  the Trustee, following receipt of notification of such
       Disability from  the  Committee,  shall  make distributions from the
       Account.

7.10   JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS.

  (A)  APPLICATION.  The provisions of this Section 7.10 shall apply to any
       Participant who is credited with at least  one  Hour of Service with
       the   Employer  on  or  after  August  23,  1984,  and  such   other
       Participants as provided in Section 7.10(G).

  (B)  QUALIFIED  JOINT  AND  SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  Unless an optional form of
       benefit is selected pursuant  to  a  Qualified  Election  within the
       ninety-day  period  ending  on  the Annuity Starting Date, a married
       Participant's Vested Account Balance  will  be paid in the form of a
       Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an unmarried  Participant's
       Vested  Account Balance will be paid in the form of a life  annuity.
       The Participant  may  elect  to  have  such annuity distributed upon
       attainment of the Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan.

  (C)  QUALIFIED PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY.   Unless an optional form
       of benefit has been selected within the election  period pursuant to
       a  Qualified  Election,  if  a Participant dies before  the  Annuity
       Starting Date then the Participant's Vested Account Balance shall be
       applied toward the purchase of  an  annuity  for  the  life  of  the
       surviving  Spouse.   The  surviving  Spouse  may  elect to have such
       annuity   distributed   within   a   reasonable  period  after   the
       Participant's death.

  (D)  DEFINITIONS.

       (1)  ELECTION PERIOD:  The period which  begins  on the first day of
            the Plan Year in which the Participant attains  age 35 and ends
            on  the  date  of  the  Participant's  death.  If a Participant
            separates from service prior to the first  day of the Plan Year
            in  which  age  35  is  attained, with respect to  the  account
            balance as of the date of separation, the election period shall
            begin on the date of separation.

            Pre-age 35 waiver:  A Participant  who  will not yet attain age
            35 as of the end of any current Plan Year  may  make  a special
            Qualified   Election   to  waive  the  Qualified  Preretirement
            Survivor Annuity for the  period  beginning on the date of such
            election and ending on the first day  of the Plan Year in which
            the Participant will attain age 35.  Such election shall not be
            valid unless the Participant receives a  written explanation of
            the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity  in  such terms as
            are  comparable  to  the  explanation  required  under  Section
            7.10(E).   Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity coverage
            will  be automatically reinstated as of the first  day  of  the
            Plan Year  in  which  the  Participant attains age 35.  Any new
            waiver on or after such date  shall  be  subject  to  the  full
            requirements of this Section 7.10.

       (2)  EARLIEST RETIREMENT AGE:  The earliest date on which, under the
            Plan,   the  Participant  could  elect  to  receive  retirement
            benefits.

       (3)  QUALIFIED ELECTION:  A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
            Annuity or  a  Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity.  Any
            waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified
            Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall not be  effective  unless:
            (a)  the  Participant's  Spouse  consents  in  writing  to  the
            election;  (b)  the  election designates a specific Beneficiary
            including  any  class  of   Beneficiaries   or  any  contingent
            Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent
            (or   the   Spouse  expressly  permits  designations   by   the
            Participant without  any  further  spousal  consent);  (c)  the
            Spouse's  consent  acknowledges the effect of the election; and
            (d) the Spouse's consent  is witnessed by a Plan representative
            or Notary Public.  Additionally,  a Participant's waiver of the
            Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity  shall  not  be  effective
            unless the election designates a form of benefit payment  which
            may  not  be  changed  without  spousal  consent (or the spouse
            expressly permits designations by the Participant  without  any
            further   spousal  consent).   If  it  is  established  to  the
            satisfaction  of  a Plan representative that there is no Spouse
            or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a
            Qualified Election.

            Any  consent by a Spouse  obtained  under  this  provision  (or
            establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained)
            shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse.  A consent
            that  permits  designations  by  the  Participant  without  any
            requirement  of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge
            that the Spouse  has  the  right to limit consent to a specific
            Beneficiary, and a specific  form  of benefit where applicable,
            and that the Spouse voluntarily elects  to relinquish either or
            both  of such rights.  A revocation of a prior  waiver  may  be
            made by  a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any
            time before  the  commencement  of  benefits.   The  number  of
            revocations  shall  not  be limited.  No consent obtained under
            this  provision  shall  be valid  unless  the  Participant  has
            received notice as provided in Paragraph (E) below.

       (4)  QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY:  An immediate annuity for
            the life of the Participant  with  a  survivor  annuity for the
            life  of the Spouse which is not less than 50 percent  and  not
            more than  100  percent  of  the amount of the annuity which is
            payable  during the joint lives  of  the  Participant  and  the
            Spouse and  which  is  the  amount  of  benefit  which  can  be
            purchased  with  the Participant's vested account balance.  The
            percentage of the survivor annuity under the Plan shall be 50%.

       (5)  SPOUSE (SURVIVING  SPOUSE):   the Spouse or surviving Spouse of
            the Participant, provided that  a former Spouse will be treated
            as the Spouse or surviving Spouse  and  the current Spouse will
            not be treated as the Spouse or surviving  Spouse to the extent
            provided  under  a  qualified  domestic  relations   order   as
            described in Section 414(p) of the Code.

       (6)  ANNUITY  STARTING  DATE:  The first day of the first period for
            which an amount is payable as an annuity or any other form.

       (7)  VESTED  ACCOUNT  BALANCE:    The   aggregate   value   of   the
            Participant's vested account balances derived from Employer and
            Employee  contributions  (including  rollovers), whether vested
            before  or upon death.  The provisions  of  this  Section  7.10
            shall  apply   to  a  Participant  who  is  vested  in  amounts
            attributable to  Employer contributions, Employee contributions
            (or both) at the time of death or distribution.

  (E)  NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

       (1)  QUALIFIED  JOINT AND  SURVIVOR  ANNUITY.   In  the  case  of  a
            Qualified Joint  and  Survivor  Annuity as described in Section
            7.10(B), the Committee shall no less  than  30 days and no more
            than  90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date  provide  each
            Participant  a  written  explanation  of:   (i)  the  terms and
            conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii)  the
            Participant's  right  to  make and the effect of an election to
            waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit;
            (iii) the rights of a Participant's  Spouse; and (iv) the right
            to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election
            to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

       (2)  QUALIFIED PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY.   In  the  case of a
            Qualified  Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity  as  described  in
            Section  7.10(C),  the Committee shall provide each Participant
            within the applicable  period  for  such  Participant a written
            explanation of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in
            such  terms  and in such manner as would be comparable  to  the
            explanation provided  for  meeting  the requirements of Section
            7.10(E) applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

            The applicable period for a Participant  is  whichever  of  the
            following  periods ends last: (i) the period beginning with the
            first day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the
            Participant  attains  age  thirty-two  (32) and ending with the
            close  of  the Plan Year in which the Participant  attains  age
            thirty-five  (35);  (ii)  a  reasonable period ending after the
            individual becomes a Participant;  (iii)  a  reasonable  period
            ending   after  Section  7.10(E)(3)  ceases  to  apply  to  the
            Participant;  and (iv) a reasonable period ending after Section
            7.10 first applies  to  the  Participant.   Notwithstanding the
            foregoing,  notice must be provided within a reasonable  period
            ending  after   separation  from  service  in  the  case  of  a
            Participant who separates  from  service  before  attaining age
            thirty-five (35).

            For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a  reasonable
            period  ending  after the enumerated events described in  (ii),
            (iii) and (iv) is  the end of the two-year period beginning one
            year prior to the date  the applicable event occurs, and ending
            one year after that date.   In  the  case  of a Participant who
            separates from service before the Plan Year  in which age 35 is
            attained, notice shall be provided within the  two-year  period
            beginning  one-year  prior  to  separation  and ending one year
            after separation.  If such a Participant thereafter  returns to
            employment  with  the Employer, the applicable period for  such
            participant shall be redetermined.

       (3)  SUBSIDIZED ANNUITY  DISTRIBUTIONS.   Notwithstanding  the other
            requirements  of  this  Section 7.10(E), the respective notices
            prescribed by this Section  7.10(E)  need  not  be  given  to a
            Participant  if  (1)  the Plan "fully subsidizes" the cost of a
            Qualified   Joint   and   Survivor    Annuity    or   Qualified
            Pre-Retirement  Survivor  Annuity,  and (2) the Plan  does  not
            allow the Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor
            Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor  Annuity  and  does
            not  allow  a  married  Participant  to  designate a non-Spouse
            Beneficiary.   For  purposes of this Section  7.10(E),  a  Plan
            fully subsidizes the  cost of a benefit if no increase in cost,
            or decrease in benefits  to the Participant may result from the
            Participant's failure to elect another benefit.

  (F)  SAFE HARBOR RULES.

       (1)  APPLICATION.  This Section  shall  apply  to a Participant in a
            profit-sharing Plan, and to any distribution,  made on or after
            the  first day of the first Plan Year beginning after  December
            31, 1988,  from or under a separate account attributable solely
            to accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in
            Section 72(o)(5)(B)  of the Code, and maintained on behalf of a
            Participant in a money  purchase  pension  Plan,  (including  a
            target benefit Plan) if the following conditions are satisfied:
            (1)  the  Participant  does not or cannot elect payments in the
            form  of  a  life  annuity,   and  (2)  on  the  death  of  the
            Participant, the Participant's  vested  account balance will be
            paid to the Participant's surviving Spouse,  but if there is no
            surviving  Spouse  or,  if  the  surviving  Spouse has  already
            consented in a manner conforming to a Qualified  Election, then
            to  the  Participant's  designated Beneficiary.  The  surviving
            Spouse may elect to have  distribution  of  the  vested account
            balance commence within the 90-day period following the date of
            the Participant's death.  The account balance shall be adjusted
            for gains or losses occurring after the Participant's  death in
            accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  governing the
            adjustment   of   account   balances   for   other   types   of
            distributions.   This  Section  7.10(F)  shall not be operative
            with respect to a Participant in a profit-sharing  Plan  if the
            Plan  is  a  direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit
            Plan, money purchase  Plan, a target benefit Plan, stock bonus,
            or profit-sharing Plan which is subject to the survivor annuity
            requirements of Section 401(a)(11) and Section 417 of the Code.
            If this Section 7.10(F)  is  operative,  then the provisions of
            this  Section  7.10,  other than in Section 7.10(G),  shall  be
            inoperative.

       (2)  WAIVER.  The Participant  may  waive  the spousal death benefit
            described  in this section at any time provided  that  no  such
            waiver shall be effective unless it satisfies the conditions of
            Section 7.10(D)(3)  (other  than  the  notification requirement
            referred  to  therein)  that would apply to  the  Participant's
            waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

       (3)  VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE.   For purposes of this Section 7.10(F),
            vested account balance shall  mean,  in  the  case  of  a money
            purchase   pension   Plan   or   a  target  benefit  Plan,  the
            Participant's separate account balance  attributable  solely to
            accumulated   deductible   employee  contributions  within  the
            meaning of Section 72(o)(5)  (B) of the Code.  In the case of a
            profit-sharing Plan, vested account balance shall have the same
            meaning as provided in Section 7.10(D)(7).

  (G)  TRANSITIONAL RULES.

       (1)  Any living Participant not receiving  benefits  on  August  23,
            1984,  who  would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed
            by the previous sections of this Section 7.10 must be given the
            opportunity to elect to have the prior sections of this Section
            7.10 apply if  such  Participant  is credited with at least one
            Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor Plan in a Plan
            Year  beginning  on  or  after  January   1,   1976,  and  such
            Participant had at least ten (10) years of vesting service when
            he or she separated from service.

       (2)  Any  living  Participant not receiving benefits on  August  23,
            1984 who was credited  with  at least one Hour of Service under
            this Plan or predecessor Plan  on  or  after September 2, 1974,
            and who is not otherwise credited with any  service  in  a Plan
            Year  beginning  on  or after January 1, 1976 must be given the
            opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in accordance with
            Section 7.10(G)(4).

       (3)  The respective opportunities  to elect (as described in Section
            7.10(G)(1) and (2) above) must  be  afforded to the appropriate
            Participants during the period commencing  on  August  23, 1984
            and  ending  on  the date benefits would otherwise commence  to
            these Participants.

       (4)  Any Participant who  has elected pursuant to Section 7.10(G)(2)
            and any Participant who does not elect under Section 7.10(G)(1)
            or who meets the requirements of Section 7.10(G)(1) except that
            such Participant does  not  have  at  least  ten  (10) years of
            vesting  service  when he or she separates from service,  shall
            have his or her benefits  distributed in accordance with all of
            the following requirements  of benefits would have been payable
            in the form of a life annuity:

            a)   Automatic joint and survivor annuity.  If  benefits in the
                 form  of  a life annuity   become  payable  to  a  married
                 participant who:

                 (i)  begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after
                      Normal Retirement Date; or

                 (ii) dies on  or  after Normal Retirement Date while still
                      working for the Employer; or

                 (iii)begins to receive  payments on or after the Qualified
                      Early Retirement Age; or

                 (iv) separates from service  on  or after attaining Normal
                      Retirement  Date (or the Qualified  Early  Retirement
                      Age)   and   after    satisfying    the   eligibility
                      requirements  for the payment of benefits  under  the
                      Plan and thereafter  dies before beginning to receive
                      such benefits;

                      then such benefits will  be received under  this Plan
                      in  the  form  of  a Qualified  Joint   and  Survivor
                      Annuity,   unless  the   Participant    has   elected
                      otherwise during  the election  period.  The election
                      period  must begin at   least  6  months  before  the
                      Participant   attains  Qualified Early Retirement Age
                      and    end  not  more  than  90   days   before   the
                      commencement  of  benefits.   Any election  hereunder
                      will  be  in  writing  and  may be   changed  by  the
                      Participant at any time.

            b)   Election of early survivor annuity.  A  Participant who is
                 employed after attaining  the Qualified  Early  Retirement
                 Age  will  be  given the opportunity to elect, during  the
                 election period,  to  have  a survivor annuity  payable on
                 death.  If the Participant elects   the  survivor annuity,
                 payments  under  such  annuity must not be less  than  the
                 payments  which would  have been made to the Spouse  under
                 the  Qualified  Joint  and   Survivor    Annuity   if  the
                 Participant  had  retired  on   the  day before his or her
                 death.   Any   election under this provision  will  be  in
                 writing and may  be  changed  by  the   Participant at any
                 time.  The election  period begins on the later of (1) the
                 90th   day before the Participant attains  the   Qualified
                 Early  Retirement   Age,   or   (2)  the   date  on  which
                 participation   begins,  and  ends   on   the   date   the
                 Participant terminates  employment.

            c)   For purposes of this Section 7.10(G)(4):

                 (i)  Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest of:  (i)
                      the earliest  date,  under  the  Plan,  on  which the
                      Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits,
                      (ii)  the  first  day  of  the  120th month beginning
                      before  the  Participant  reaches  Normal  Retirement
                      Date,  or  (iii)  the  date  the  Participant  begins
                      participation.

                 (ii) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity  is  an  annuity
                      for  the  life  of  the  participant  with a survivor
                      annuity  for  the life of the Spouse as described  in
                      Section 7.10(D)(4).

  (H)  NONTRANSFERABILITY.  Any annuity  distributed  from the Plan must be
       nontransferable.

  (I)  INCORPORATION OF TERMS.  The terms of any annuity contract purchased
       and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or  Spouse shall comply
       with the requirements of this Plan.

7.11   DISTRIBUTIONS  TO QUALIFIED PLANS.  In the event a  former  Employee
       whose accounts have  not  been  fully  distributed becomes an active
       participant in a Plan qualified under Section  401(a)  of  the Code,
       the Committee may direct the Trustee to transfer the amount  in such
       Participant's  account(s)  to  any  such  Plan  provided the Plan to
       receive  such transfers authorizes accepting the transfer,  provides
       that assets  transferred  shall  be  held  in a separate account and
       requires that the assets transferred shall not  be  subject  to  any
       forfeiture provisions.

7.12   PROFIT  SHARING  PLANS  AND  401(K)  PROFIT  SHARING  PLANS  ONLY  -
       WITHDRAWAL  OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.  Subject to the provisions of
       the Plan, in  accordance  with rules for giving notice as determined
       by  the  Committee, and as elected  in  the  Adoption  Agreement,  a
       Participant  may withdraw as of the first Accounting Date subsequent
       to receipt by the Committee of such notice:

  (A)  An amount equal  to not more than 100% of the Participant's Employer
       Contribution Account  determined  as  of  such  Accounting Date.  No
       Participant who has made any withdrawal of Employer Contributions in
       the twelve (12) months preceding the giving of such  notice may make
       a withdrawal under this Section.

  (B)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section  7.12,  any
       withdrawal  made  pursuant to Section 7.12(A) shall be for a minimum
       whole dollar amount  not  less  than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00);
       except that if the amount available for withdrawal is less than Five
       Hundred Dollars ($500.00) then the  minimum amount of the withdrawal
       shall be the amount available.

  (C)  No  forfeitures  will  occur solely as a  result  of  an  Employee's
       withdrawal of Employer Contributions.

  (D)  Notwithstanding anything  to  the  contrary  in this Section 7.12, a
       Participant may not make a withdrawal, pursuant  to  this Section of
       any  portion  of  the Participant's vested interest which  has  been
       assigned to secure  repayment  of  a loan in accordance with Section
       10.10, below, until such time as the  Committee  shall have released
       said portion so assigned.

7.13.  PROHIBITION AGAINST ALIENATION.

  (A)  Except as provided in Sections 401(a)(13) and 414(p) of the Code, no
       benefit  or interest available under this Plan will  be  subject  to
       assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily.

  (B)  The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment,
       or recognition  of  a right to any benefit payable with respect to a
       Participant pursuant  to  a  domestic  relations  order,  unless the
       Committee  determines  that  such  order  is  a  qualified  domestic
       relations  order,  as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, or  any
       domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985.

  (C)  All  rights  and  benefits,   including  elections,  provided  to  a
       Participant in this Plan shall  be subject to the rights afforded to
       any "alternate payee" under a "qualified  domestic relations order."
       Furthermore, an immediate distribution to an "alternate payee" shall
       be permitted if such distribution  is  authorized  by  a  "qualified
       domestic relations order," even if the affected Participant  has not
       reached the "earliest retirement age" under the Plan, provided  that
       in  no  event will any such distribution accelerate the repayment of
       any loan  made  to  the  affected Participant under the Plan, unless
       such Participant consents  thereto in writing.  For purposes of this
       Section  7.13,  "alternate  payee,"  "qualified  domestic  relations
       order" and "earliest retirement  age"  shall  have  the  meaning set
       forth  under  Code  Section  414(p), unless a Qualified Distribution
       Date has been selected in the  Adoption Agreement, in which case the
       earliest retirement age shall be  the  date  on  which  the domestic
       relations order is determined to be qualified.

7.14   MISSING  PARTICIPANT  OR  BENEFICIARY. Each Participant and/or  each
       Beneficiary must file with  the  Committee  from  time  to  time  in
       writing  his  or  her  post  office  address and each change of post
       office address.  Any communication, statement or notice addressed to
       a Participant and/or Beneficiary at such  last  post  office address
       filed  with  the  Committee  or  if  no  address  is filed with  the
       Committee  then  at  the  last post office address as shown  on  the
       Employer's  records,  will be  binding  on  the  Participant  and/or
       Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan.  Neither the Committee nor
       the Trustee shall be required  to search for or locate a Participant
       or Beneficiary.

  Any other provision of the Plan to the  contrary  notwithstanding, if any
  application  for a benefit has not been filed by a Participant  otherwise
  eligible therefor  within  ninety  (90) days after the Plan Year in which
  occurred his or her termination date,  the  Committee  shall mail to such
  Participant  and/or  Beneficiary  at  his  or her last known  address  an
  application for benefit and a reminder that  he  or  she  is eligible for
  such  benefit.   If  such application is not filed with the Committee  in
  accordance with the provisions  of the Plan within ninety (90) days after
  it is so mailed to such Participant  or  his  or  her  termination  date,
  whichever  is later, the benefit shall be forfeited and shall be used  to
  reduce future  Employer  Contributions as though the Participant were not
  vested in his or her accounts  as  of  the  end  of  said ninety (90) day
  period.  Upon the subsequent filing of an application   therefor  by  the
  Participant  and/or  his  Beneficiary, such accounts shall be immediately
  reinstated pursuant to this provision as though the Participant were 100%
  vested in his or her accounts in an amount equal to the cash value of the
  accounts on the date forfeited.   To the extent forfeited amounts are not
  available, the Employer shall contribute the amount required to reinstate
  the Participant's account balance.

7.15   LIMITATION  ON  CERTAIN  DISTRIBUTIONS.    Notwithstanding  anything
       contained  herein  to  the  contrary,  the  Trustee   may,   in  its
       discretion,  delay  satisfying requests for distributions for up  to
       one year where distributions  require  amounts  to be withdrawn from
       the Guaranteed Investment Contract Fund; provided,  however, that in
       no  event  shall  the  Trustee  delay distributions to a Participant
       beyond the legally required time  for  distribution  as set forth in
       Section 7.5.

7.16   FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS.  The Trustee shall  make  all
       distributions  and  withdrawals  under  the Plan, including Hardship
       withdrawals,  other  withdrawals  while  the  Participant  is  still
       employed, and distributions upon retirement,  disability,  death and
       separation  from service, pro rata, from all accounts and Investment
       Funds, as follows:

  (A)  In  a  Plan  with  no  Employer  Stock  Fund,  all  withdrawals  and
       distributions under the Plan shall be made in cash.

  (B)  In a Plan with an Employer Stock Fund:

       (1)  Withdrawals  and  distributions  under the Plan  from the other
            Investment Fund(s) shall be made in cash.

       (2)  Withdrawals and distributions under  the Plan from the Employer
            Stock Fund may be made in cash or in full  shares  of  Employer
            Stock,  with  any fractional share paid in cash, as elected  by
            the Participant.   For  the cash portion of any distribution or
            withdrawal, the Participant will receive the cash proceeds from
            the sale of shares of Employer Stock as of the sale date.

                               ARTICLE VIII
                             DIRECT ROLLOVERS

8.1    GENERAL.  This Article applies  to  distributions  made  on or after
       January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan  to  the
       contrary  that  would otherwise limit a distributee's election under
       this Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
       prescribed by the  Plan  administrator,  to  have  any portion of an
       eligible   rollover   distribution  paid  directly  to  an  eligible
       retirement Plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

8.2    DEFINITIONS.

  (A)  ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION:   An  eligible rollover distribution
       is any distribution of all or any portion  of  the  balance  to  the
       credit   of  the  distributee,  except  that  an  eligible  rollover
       distribution  does  not  include:  any distribution that is one of a
       series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
       than  annually  )  made for the life (or  life  expectancy)  of  the
       distributee or the joint  lives  (or joint life expectancies) of the
       distributee and the distributee's  designated  Beneficiary, or for a
       specified  period  of  ten  years or more; any distribution  to  the
       extent such distribution is required  under section 401(a)(9) of the
       Code; and the portion of any distribution  that is not includible in
       gross  income (determined without regard to the  exclusion  for  net
       unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

  (B)  ELIGIBLE  RETIREMENT  PLAN:   An  eligible  retirement  Plan  is  an
       individual  retirement  account  described  in section 408(a) of the
       Code, an individual retirement annuity described  in  section 408(b)
       of  the  Code,  an annuity Plan described in section 403(a)  of  the
       Code, or a qualified  trust described in section 401(a) of the Code,
       that  accepts  the  distributee's  eligible  rollover  distribution.
       However, in the case  of  an  eligible  rollover distribution to the
       surviving  spouse,  an eligible retirement  Plan  is  an  individual
       retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

  (C)  DISTRIBUTEE:  A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee.
       In addition, the Employee's  or  former  Employee's surviving Spouse
       and the Employee's or former Employee's Spouse  or former Spouse who
       is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic  relations  order,
       as  defined  in  section  414(p)  of the Code, are distributees with
       regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

  (D)  DIRECT ROLLOVER:  A direct rollover  is a payment by the Plan to the
       eligible retirement Plan specified by the distributee.

  (E)  WAIVER  OF  NOTICE.   If a distribution is  one  to  which  Sections
       401(a)(11) and 417 of the  Internal  Revenue Code do not apply, such
       distribution  may  commence  less  than 30  days  after  the  notice
       required  under  Section  1.411(a)-(11)(c)   of   the   Income   Tax
       Regulations  is  given,  provided  that:  (1) the plan administrator
       clearly informs the Participant that  the Participant has a right to
       a period of at least 30 days after receiving  the notice to consider
       the  decision  of  whether or not to elect a distribution  (and,  if
       applicable,  a  particular   distribution   option),   and  (2)  the
       Participant,  after  receiving  the  notice, affirmatively elects  a
       distribution.

                                ARTICLE IX
                           TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

9.1    USE OF TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS.  If the Plan  becomes  a Top-Heavy Plan
       in  any Plan Year after December 31, 1983, the  provisions  of  this
       Article  IX  will supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan or
       the Adoption Agreement.   The  Committee  has sole responsibility to
       make the determination as to the top-heavy status of the Plan.

9.2    TOP-HEAVY DEFINITIONS.

  (A)  KEY   EMPLOYEE:    Any   Employee  or  former  Employee   (and   the
       Beneficiaries  of  such  Employee)   who  at  any  time  during  the
       determination  period  was  an  officer  of  the  Employer  if  such
       individual's  annual  Compensation  exceeds  50%   of   the   dollar
       limitation  under  Section  415(b)(1)(A)  of  the Code, an owner (or
       considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one of the ten
       largest interests in the Employer if such individual's  Compensation
       exceeds 100% of the dollar limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A)  of
       the  Code, a 5 per cent owner of the Employer, or a 1 per cent owner
       of the  Employer  who  has  an  annual  Compensation  of  more  than
       $150,000.  Annual compensation means compensation as defined in Item
       B(4)(a) of the Adoption Agreement, but including amounts contributed
       by  the  Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are
       excludable  from  the  Employee's  gross  income  under Section 125,
       Section  402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section  403(b)  of  the
       Code.  The  determination  period  is  the  Plan Year containing the
       Determination Date and the 4 preceding Plan Years.

       The determination of who is Key Employee will  made by the Committee
       in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations
       thereunder.

  (B)  TOP-HEAVY  PLAN:   This  Plan,  for  any  Plan Year beginning  after
       December 31, 1983, if any of the following conditions exists:

       (1)  If  the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds  60  percent  and
            this  Plan  is  not  part  of any Required Aggregation Group or
            Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

       (2)  If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans
            but  not  part  of  a  Permissive  Aggregation  Group  and  the
            Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

       (3)  If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part
            of a Permissive Aggregation  Group  of  plans and the Top-Heavy
            Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

  (C)  TOP-HEAVY  RATIO:  For purposes of determining  if  the  Plan  is  a
       Top-Heavy Plan:

       (1)  If the  Employer  maintains  one  or  more defined contribution
            plans (including any Simplified employee  pension Plan) and the
            Employer  has  not  maintained any defined benefit  Plan  which
            during the 5-year period  ending  on  the Determination Date(s)
            has or has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy  Ratio  for this
            Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation  Group
            as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum
            of  the  account  balances  of  all  Key  Employees  as  of the
            Determination  Date(s)  (including  any  part  of  any  account
            balance   distributed  in  the  5-year  period  ending  on  the
            Determination Date(s)), and the denominator of which is the sum
            of all account  balances  (including  any  part  of any account
            balance  distributed  in  the  5-year  period  ending  on   the
            Determination Date(s), both computed in accordance with Section
            416  of  the  Code  and  the  regulations thereunder.  Both the
            numerator and denominator of the  Top-Heavy Ratio are increased
            to  reflect  any  contribution  not actually  made  as  of  the
            Determination Date, but which is  required  to  be  taken  into
            account  on  that  date  under  Section 416 of the Code and the
            regulations thereunder.

       (2)  If  the  Employer maintains one or  more  defined  contribution
            plans (including  any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the
            Employer maintains  or  has  maintained  one  or  more  defined
            benefit  plans  which  during  the  5-year period ending on the
            Determination Date(s) has or has had  any accrued benefits, the
            Top-Heavy  Ratio  for  any  Required or Permissive  Aggregation
            Group as appropriate is a fraction,  the  numerator of which is
            the  sum  of  account  balances  under  the aggregated  defined
            contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees  determined in
            accordance  with  (1)  above, and the Present Value of  accrued
            benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for
            all Key Employees as of  the  Determination  Date(s),  and  the
            denominator  of  which is the sum of the account balances under
            the aggregated defined  contribution  plan  or  plans  for  all
            Participants,  determined in accordance with (1) above, and the
            Present Value of  accrued  benefits  under  the defined benefit
            plan  or  plans  for  all Participants as of the  Determination
            Date(s), all determined  in  accordance with Section 416 of the
            Code and regulations thereunder.   The accrued benefits under a
            defined benefit plan in both the numerator  and  denominator of
            the  Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution  of  an
            accrued  benefit  made  in  the  five-year period ending on the
            Determination Date.

       (3)  For  purposes  of  (1)  and (2) above,  the  value  of  account
            balances and the Present  Value  of  accrued  benefits  will be
            determined  as  of  the  most  recent Valuation Date that falls
            within  or  ends  with  the  12-month   period  ending  on  the
            Determination Date, except as provided in  Section  416  of the
            Code  and  the  regulations thereunder for the first and second
            Plan years of a defined benefit Plan.  The account balances and
            accrued benefits of a Participant (a) who is not a Key Employee
            but who was a Key  Employee in a prior year, or (b) who has not
            been credited with at  least  one  Hour  of  Service  with  any
            Employer  maintaining the Plan at any time during the five-year
            period ending  on  the  Determination Date will be disregarded.
            The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which
            distributions, rollovers,  and transfers are taken into account
            will be made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the
            regulations   thereunder.    Voluntary    deductible   employee
            contributions will not be taken into account  for  purposes  of
            computing  the  Top-Heavy  Ratio.   When  aggregating plans the
            value  of  account  balances  and  accrued  benefits   will  be
            calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that  fall
            within the same calendar year.

            The  accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee
            shall  be  determined  under  (a)  the  method,  if  any,  that
            uniformly  applies  for  accrual  purposes  under  all  defined
            benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is no
            such  method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly  than
            the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of
            Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

  (D)  PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION  GROUP:   The  Required  Aggregation Group of
       plans  plus  any  other  Plan or plans of the Employer  which,  when
       considered as a group with  the  Required  Aggregation  Group, would
       continue  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  Section 401(a)(4)  and
       Section 410 of the Code.

  (E)  REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP:  (1) Each qualified Plan of the Employer
       in which at least one Key Employee participates  or  participated at
       any time during the determination period (regardless of  whether the
       Plan  has terminated), and (2) any other qualified Plan of  Employer
       which enables  a  Plan  described in (1) to meet the requirements of
       Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the Code.

  (F)  DETERMINATION DATE:  For  purposes  of determining if there is a Key
       Employee and for calculating the Top-Heavy  Ratio:   1) for any Plan
       Year  subsequent  to  the  first  Plan  Year,  the  last day of  the
       preceding Plan Year, and 2) for the first Plan Year of the Plan, the
       last day of that year.

  (G)  VALUATION DATE:  The date specified in Item B(14)(c) of the Adoption
       Agreement  as  of  which  account  balances or accrued benefits  are
       valued for purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio.

  (H)  PRESENT VALUE:  Present Value shall  be  based  only on the interest
       and mortality rates specified in the Adoption Agreement.

9.3    MINIMUM ALLOCATION.

  (A)  Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3(C) and  (D)  below,  the
       Employer  Contributions  and  forfeitures allocated on behalf of any
       Participant who is not a Key Employee  shall  not  be  less than the
       lesser of three per cent (3%) of such Participant's Compensation  or
       in  the  case  where  the Employer has no defined benefit Plan which
       designates this Plan to satisfy Section 401 of the Code, the largest
       percentage  of  Employer   contributions   and   forfeitures,  as  a
       percentage of the Key Employee's Compensation, as limited by Section
       401(a)(17) of the Code, allocated on behalf of any  Key Employee for
       that year.  The minimum allocation is determined without  regard  to
       any  Social Security contribution.  This minimum allocation shall be
       made even   though,  under  other  Plan  provisions, the Participant
       would not otherwise be entitled to receive  an  allocation  or would
       have  received a lesser allocation for the year because of (i)  such
       Participants  failure  to  complete  1,000  Hours of Service (or any
       other  equivalent  provided  in  the  Plan) or (ii)  the  Employee's
       failure to make mandatory contributions  or  (iii) Compensation less
       than a stated amount.

  (B)  For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Compensation shall
       mean Compensation as defined in Section 6.6(A) as limited by Section
       401(a)(17) of the Code.

  (C)  Section  9.3(A)  shall  not  apply to any Participant  who  was  not
       employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

  (D)  Section 9.3(A) shall not apply  to any Participant to the extent the
       Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of the Employer
       and  the  Employer  has  provided in  Item  B(14)  of  the  Adoption
       Agreement  that  the  minimum   allocation  or  benefit  requirement
       applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will  be  met  in  the  other  plan or
       plans.

  (E)  The  minimum  allocation  required  (to  the  extent  required to be
       nonforfeitable  under  Section  416(b)  of  the  Code)  may  not  be
       forfeited under Section 411(a)(3)(B) or Section 411(a)(3)(D) of  the
       Code.

  (F)  For  each  Plan  Year  in  which the Paired Plans are Top-Heavy, the
       Top-Heavy requirements set forth  in  Article  VIII  of the Plan and
       Item B(14) of the Adoption Agreement shall apply.

  (G)  Neither Before Tax Contributions nor Matching Contributions  may  be
       taken  into  account  for  the  purpose  of  satisfying  the minimum
       Top-Heavy contribution requirements.

9.4    MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULES.  For any Plan Year in which this  Plan is
       a  Top-Heavy  Plan, the vesting schedule elected by the Employer  in
       Item  B(14)  and/or   C(4)(d)   of   the   Adoption  Agreement  will
       automatically  apply  to  the  Plan.  The minimum  vesting  schedule
       applies to all benefits within the  meaning  of Section 411(a)(7) of
       the  Code  except  those  attributable  to  Employee  contributions,
       including benefits accrued before the effective  date of Section 416
       and  benefits  accrued  before  the  Plan  became a Top-Heavy  Plan.
       Further,  no  decrease in a Participant's nonforfeitable  percentage
       may occur in the event the Plan's status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes
       for any Plan Year.   However, this Section 9.4 does not apply to the
       account balance of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service
       after the Plan has initially  become  a  Top-Heavy  Plan   and  such
       Employee's  account  balance  attributable to employer contributions
       and forfeitures will be determined  without  regard  to this Section
       9.4.

                                 ARTICLE X
                                  TRUSTEE

10.1   TRUSTEE.   The  Trustee shall receive, hold, invest, administer  and
       distribute the Trust  Fund  in accordance with the provisions of the
       Plan as herein set forth.

10.2   RECORDS  AND  ACCOUNTS  OF  TRUSTEE.   The  Trustee  shall  maintain
       accurate and detailed records  and  accounts of all its transactions
       of the Trust Fund, which shall be available  at all reasonable times
       for inspection or audit by any person designated by the Employer and
       by any other person or entity to the extent required by law.

10.3   REPORTS TO EMPLOYER.  As soon as practicable following  the close of
       each  accounting  period  and  following  the effective date of  the
       termination of the Plan, the Trustee shall  file  a  written  report
       with the Employer.  The report shall set forth all transactions with
       respect  to  the Trust Fund during the period listing the Trust Fund
       assets with their market value as of the close of the period covered
       by the report.

10.4   POWERS OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee shall administer the Trust Fund as a
       nondiscretionary  Trustee,  and  the  Trustee  shall  not  have  any
       discretion  or  authority with regard to the investment of the Trust
       Fund  and shall act  solely  as  a  directed  Trustee  of  the  fund
       contributed  to  it.  The Trustee, as a nondiscretionary Trustee, as
       may be directed by  the  Employer (or the Participants to the extent
       provided herein) is authorized  and empowered, by way of limitation,
       with the following powers, rights  and  duties,  each  of  which the
       Trustee  shall exercise in a nondiscretionary manner as directed  in
       accordance  with the direction of the Employer (or the Participants)
       as a Named Fiduciary  (except  to  the  extent  that Plan assets are
       subject  to  the  control  and  management  of a properly  appointed
       Investment Manager):

  (A)  At the direction of the Named Fiduciary, to sell,  write options on,
       convey or transfer, invest and reinvest any part thereof in each and
       every kind of property, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or
       intangible,  whether  income  or  non-income producing and  wherever
       situated, including, but not limited  to,  time  deposits (including
       time  deposits  in the Trustee or its affiliates, or  any  successor
       thereto, if the deposits  bear  a  reasonable rate of interest), fee
       simple, leasehold or lesser estates in real estate, shares of common
       and preferred stock, mortgages, bonds,  leases,  notes,  debentures,
       equipment   or  collateral  trust  certificates,  rights,  warrants,
       convertible or  exchangeable,  and  other  corporate,  individual or
       government securities or obligations, annuity, retirement  or  other
       insurance  contracts,  mutual  funds  (including funds for which the
       Trustee  or its affiliates serve as investment  advisor),  units  of
       group or collective  trusts  established  to  permit  the pooling of
       funds  of separate pension and profit  sharing trusts, provided  the
       Internal  Revenue Service has ruled such group trust to be qualified
       under Code  Section  401(a) and exempt under Code Section 501(a) (or
       the applicable corresponding  provision of any other Revenue Act) or
       in units of any other common, collective  or  commingled  trust fund
       heretofore or hereafter established and maintained by the Trustee or
       its  affiliates;  as  long as the Trustee holds any units hereunder,
       the instrument establishing  such  common  trust fund (including all
       amendments thereto) shall be deemed to have  been adopted and made a
       part of this Plan, and such other investments as the Named Fiduciary
       shall  direct  the  Trustee  to invest Plan assets  or  hold  as  an
       Investment  Fund  for the investment  of  Plan  assets  pursuant  to
       Participant direction.

  (B)  At the direction of  the  Named Fiduciary, to sell, convert, redeem,
       exchange,  grant  options  for  the  purchase  or  exchange  of,  or
       otherwise  dispose of any property  held  hereunder,  at  public  or
       private sale,  for  cash  or  upon  credit with or without security,
       without  obligation  on  the part of any  person  dealing  with  the
       Trustee to see to the application  of  the proceeds of or to inquire
       into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such disposal;

  (C)  At the direction of the Named Fiduciary, to manage, operate, repair,
       partition  and improve and mortgage or lease  (with  or  without  an
       option to purchase)  for any length of time any property held in the
       Trust Fund; to renew or  extend  any  mortgage  or  lease, upon such
       terms  as the Trustee may deem expedient; to agree to  reduction  of
       the rate  of  interest on any mortgage; to agree to any modification
       in  the  terms of  any  lease  or  mortgage,  or  of  any  guarantee
       pertaining  to  either of them; to exercise and enforce any right of
       foreclosure; to bid  in  property  on foreclosure; to take a deed in
       lieu of foreclosure with or without  paying  consideration  therefor
       and  in  connection therewith to release the obligation on the  bond
       secured by  the mortgage; and to exercise and enforce in any action,
       suit or proceeding  at  law  or  in  equity  any  rights, covenants,
       conditions, or remedies with respect to any lease or  mortgage or to
       any guarantee pertaining to either of them or to waive  any  default
       in the performance thereof;

  (D)  In  accordance  with  the  direction  of a Named Fiduciary, to vote,
       personally or by general or limited proxy,  any  shares  of stock or
       other  securities  held in the Trust Fund, provided that all  voting
       rights pertaining to  shares  of  any  financial  institution in the
       state where the Trustee is located shall be exercised by the trustee
       only  if  and  as  directed  in  writing by the Committee;  provided
       further, that the Trustee and the Employer may agree in writing that
       such  voting  rights  be  passed through  to  the  Participant's  in
       proportion to their interest  in  the  Investment Funds, to delegate
       discretionary voting power to the trustees of a voting trust for any
       period of time;  and to exercise or sell,  personally or by power of
       attorney, any conversion or subscription or other rights appurtenant
       to any securities or other property held in the Trust Fund;

  (E)  As may be directed by the Named Fiduciary, to  join in or oppose any
       reorganization,   recapitalization,   consolidation,    merger    or
       liquidation,  or any Plan therefor, or any lease (with or without an
       option to purchase),  mortgage  or  sale  of  the  property  of  any
       organization  the securities of which are held in the Trust Fund; to
       pay from the Trust  Fund  any  assessments, charges, or compensation
       specified   in   any   Plan  of  reorganization,   recapitalization,
       consolidation, merger or  liquidation;  to deposit any property with
       any committee or depository; and to retain  any property allotted to
       the    Trust   Fund   in   any   reorganization,   recapitalization,
       consolidation, merger or liquidation;

  (F)  In accordance with the written instructions of a Named Fiduciary, to
       settle,  compromise  or  commit  to  arbitration  any claim, debt or
       obligation of or against the Trust Fund; to enforce  or abstain from
       enforcing any right, claim, debt, or obligation; and to  abandon any
       property determined by it to be worthless;

  (G)  As may be directed by the Named Fiduciary, to continue to  hold  any
       property  of the Trust Fund, whether or not productive of income; to
       reserve from  investment  and  keep  unproductive of income, without
       liability  for  interest,  such  cash  as it  deems  advisable  and,
       consistent with its obligations as Trustee  hereunder,  to hold such
       cash in a demand deposit in the Trustee bank, its affiliates, or any
       successor thereto;

  (H)  To hold property of the Trust Fund in its own name, or in  the  name
       of  nominee,  without disclosure of this trust, or in bearer form so
       that it may pass  by  delivery,  and  to  deposit  property with any
       depository,  but  no  such holding or depositing shall  relieve  the
       Trustee of its responsibility  for  the safe custody and disposition
       of  the  Trust  Fund  in  accordance with  the  provisions  of  this
       agreement  as  may be directed  by  the  Named  Fiduciary,  and  the
       Trustee's records shall at all times show that such property is part
       of the Trust Fund;

  (I)  As directed by the Named Fiduciary, to make, execute and deliver, as
       Trustee, any deeds,  conveyances,  leases (with or without option to
       purchase),  mortgages,  options,  contracts,   waivers,   or   other
       instruments  that  the  Trustee shall deem necessary or desirable in
       the exercise of its powers under this agreement;

  (J)  To employ, at the expense  of the Employer or the Trust Fund, agents
       and  delegate to them such duties  as  the  Trustee  sees  fit;  the
       Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss occasioned by any such
       agents  selected by it with reasonable care; the Trustee may consult
       with legal  counsel (who may be counsel for the Employer) concerning
       any questions  which may arise with reference to its power or duties
       under this Plan,  and  the  written opinion of such counsel shall be
       full and complete protection with respect to any action taken or not
       taken  by the Trustee in good  faith  and  in  accordance  with  the
       written opinion of such counsel;

  (K)  To pay out  of  the  Trust  Fund  any  taxes  imposed or levied with
       respect to the Trust Fund and may contest the validity  or amount of
       any tax, assessment, penalty, claim or demand respecting  the  Trust
       Fund;  however, unless the Trustee shall have first been indemnified
       to its satisfaction,  it  shall  not  be  required  to  contest  the
       validity of any tax, or to institute, maintain or defend against any
       other action or proceeding either at law or in equity;

  (L)  To   make   loans   to  Participants  in  accordance  with  policies
       established by the Committee and in accordance with the terms of the
       Plan and the and to segregate  or otherwise identify property of the
       Trust Fund as directed by the Committee  for  such purpose including
       providing collateral for loans made pursuant to the Plan.

10.5   TRUSTEE'S  FEES  AND  EXPENSES.  The Trustee shall  be  entitled  to
       receive reasonable fees  for  its  services  hereunder in accordance
       with its schedule of fees then in effect and shall  be  entitled  to
       receive  reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by it in
       the administration  of  this  Plan.   Except  to the extent that the
       Employer shall pay such fees and expenses, they  shall be charged to
       and collected by the Trustee from each Participant's  accounts.  The
       Trustee's fees and expenses for extraordinary services in connection
       with  any Participant's accounts may be charged to and collected  by
       the Trustee from such accounts.

10.6   TRUSTEE MAY RESIGN OR BE REMOVED.  The Trustee may resign by written
       notice  to  the  Employer  which  shall be effective sixty (60) days
       after  delivery unless the Trustee and  the  Employer  agree  to  an
       earlier  effective date.  The Trustee may be removed by the Employer
       by written notice to the Trustee which shall be effective sixty (60)
       days after  delivery unless the Trustee and the Employer agree to an
       earlier effective  date.   Prior  to  the  effective  date  of  such
       resignation  or  removal,  the  Employer  shall  amend  its  Plan to
       eliminate any reference to the PRISM

       <reg-trade-mark>

         PROTOTYPE  RETIREMENT  PLAN  AND TRUST, and appoint a new trustee.
       The Trustee shall deliver the Trust  Fund  to  its  successor on the
       effective  date  of  resignation or removal, or as soon  after  such
       effective  date as practicable.   However,  the  Trustee  may  first
       subtract any  amounts  owed it from the Trust Fund for compensation,
       expenses and taxes due.

  If  the Employer fails to so amend  the  Plan  and  appoint  a  successor
  trustee  within  the  sixty  (60)  days,  or longer period as the Trustee
  permits  in writing, the Trustee shall apply  to  a  court  of  competent
  jurisdiction for appointment of a successor trustee.

10.7   SEPARATE INVESTMENT FUNDS.

  (A)  The assets  of  the  Trust  Fund  shall  be  held  in such number of
       Investment Funds as the Employer and the Trustee may  agree, plus an
       Employer  Stock  Fund  if  selected by the Employer in the  Adoption
       Agreement,  as  the  Employer shall  designate  in  writing  on  the
       Investment Fund Designation  form affixed to the Adoption Agreement.
       Such Investment Funds shall be  selected  by the Employer from among
       the funds offered by the Trustee for use as  Investment Funds in the
       PRISM

       <reg-trade-mark>

        PROTOTYPE RETIREMENT PLAN & TRUST.  The Trustee  reserves the right
       to  change the funds available for use as Investment  Funds  in  the
       PRISM

       <reg-trade-mark>

        PROTOTYPE  RETIREMENT  PLAN  &  TRUST,  from  time to time, and the
       Employer  agrees to execute an amended Investment  Fund  Designation
       form to reflect  any such changes as may impact the Investment Funds
       available to the Employer's  Plan.  The Employer hereby acknowledges
       that, available as Investment  Funds  are  interests  in  registered
       investment  companies  (i.e.  mutual funds) for which the sponsoring
       organization, its parent, affiliates  or  successors  may  serve  as
       investment  advisor  and  receive  compensation  from the registered
       investment  company  for  its services as investment  advisor.   The
       Employer acknowledges that  it,  as  Named  Fiduciary,  has the sole
       responsibility  for selection of the Investment Funds offered  under
       the Plan, and it  has  done  so   on  the  basis  of  the Employer's
       determination,  after  due  inquiry, of the appropriateness  of  the
       selected Investment Funds as  vehicles  for  the  investment of Plan
       assets pursuant to the terms of the Plan, considering  all  relevant
       facts  and  circumstances,  including  but  not  limited  to (i) the
       investment policy and philosophy of the Employer developed  pursuant
       to   ERISA  <section>402(b)(1);  (ii)  the  Participants,  including
       average level of investment experience and sophistication; (iii) the
       ability  of  Participants,  using  an  appropriate mix of Investment
       Funds, to diversify the investment of Plan  assets  held  for  their
       benefit;   (iv)   the  ability  of  Participants  to,  utilizing  an
       appropriate mix of  Investment  Funds,  to  structure  an investment
       portfolio  within  their  account  in the Plan with risk and  return
       characteristics  within  the  normal  range   of   risk  and  return
       characteristics for individuals with similar investment backgrounds,
       experience  and  expectations; and, (v) in making the  selection  of
       Investment Funds,  the  Employer did not rely on any representations
       or recommendations from the  Trustee or any of its employees, except
       as  may  have  been provided through  written  materials,  including
       marketing materials provided by the various sponsors or distributors
       of the Investment  Funds, and that the Investment Fund selection has
       not be influenced, approved,  or  encouraged  through the actions of
       the Trustee or its employees.

       For purposes of the Plan, "Employer Stock" shall  mean  common stock
       listed on a recognized securities exchange issued by an Employer  of
       Employees  covered  by  the Plan or by an affiliate of such Employer
       and which shall be a "qualifying  employer  security"  as defined in
       ERISA.  The Employer Stock Fund shall be invested and reinvested  in
       shares  of  Employer  Stock,  which  stock shall be purchased by the
       Trustee to the extent not contributed  to  the Plan by the Employer,
       except for amounts which may reasonably be expected  to be necessary
       to  satisfy  distributions  to  be made in cash.  No Employer  Stock
       shall be acquired or held in any  Investment  Fund  other  than  the
       Employer  Stock Fund. Up to 100% of the assets of the Trust Fund may
       be invested in Employer Stock.

       All contributions  shall  be  allocated by the Trustee to the Plan's
       Investment Funds specified by the Employer.  Dividends, interest and
       other distributions shall be reinvested  in the same Investment Fund
       from which received.

       Employers  sponsoring  401(k)  profit sharing  plans  may  elect  to
       determine the Investment Funds, including an Employer Stock Fund, if
       applicable,  into  which  Matching   Contributions  and/or  Employer
       Contributions will be invested and/or  into  which  Participants may
       not  direct  contributions.   By  making  these  designations,   the
       Employer  shall  be  deemed  to  have advised the Trustee in writing
       regarding the retention of investment powers.

       Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions  of  this  Section 10.7(A),
       the Trustee may, in its discretion, accept certain investments which
       have been, and are, held as part of the Trust Fund prior to the date
       the   Employer  adopted  this  Plan.   Such  investments  shall   be
       considered  investments  directed  by  the Employer or an Investment
       Committee for the Plan ("Investment Committee"),  if  one is acting.
       The  Trustee shall hold, administer and dispose of such  investments
       in accordance  with directions to the Trustee contained in a written
       notice from the  Employer  or Investment Committee.  Any such notice
       shall  advise  the Trustee regarding  the  retention  of  investment
       powers by the Employer or the Investment Committee and shall be of a
       continuing nature or otherwise, and may be revoked in writing by the
       Employer or Investment Committee.

       The Trustee shall  not  be  liable  but  shall be fully protected by
       reason of its taking or refraining from taking  any  action  at  the
       direction  of  the  Employer  or Investment Committee, nor shall the
       Trustee be liable but shall be  fully  protected  by  reason  of its
       refraining  from  taking  any  action  because of the failure of the
       Employer or the Investment Committee to  give  a direction or order.
       The Trustee shall be under no duty to question or make inquiry as to
       any direction, notification or order or failure to give a direction,
       notification  or order by the Employer or the Investment  Committee.
       The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any review of investments
       directed by the  Employer  or  Investment Committee acquired for the
       Trust Fund and under no duty at  any time to make any recommendation
       with  respect  to  disposing of or continuing  to  retain  any  such
       investments.  While the Employer may direct the Trustee with respect
       to Plan investments,  the  Employer may not (1) borrow from the Fund
       or pledge any assets of the  Fund  as  security  for a loan; (2) buy
       property or assets from or sell property or assets  to the Fund; (3)
       charge any fee for services rendered to the Fund; or (4) receive any
       services from the Fund on a preferential basis.

       The Employer hereby indemnifies and holds the Trustee or its nominee
       harmless  from  any  and  all actions, claims, demands, liabilities,
       losses, damages or reasonable expenses of whatsoever kind and nature
       in connection with or arising out of (1) any action taken or omitted
       in good faith or any investment  or  disbursement of any part of the
       Trust Fund made by the Trustee in accordance  with the directions of
       the  Employer  or  the  Investment  Committee or any  inaction  with
       respect to any Employer or Investment  Committee directed investment
       or with respect to any investment previously  made  at the direction
       of the Employer or Investment Committee in the absence of directions
       from  the  Employer  or  Investment Committee therefor, or  (2)  any
       failure by the Trustee to  pay  for  any  property  purchased by the
       Employer or the Investment Committee for the Trust Fund by reason of
       the insufficiency of funds in the Trust Fund.

       Anything hereinabove to the contrary notwithstanding,  the  Employer
       shall  have  no  responsibility  to  the Trustee under the foregoing
       indemnification  if  the  Trustee  knowingly   participated   in  or
       knowingly   concealed  any  act  or  omission  of  the  Employer  or
       Investment Committee knowing that such act or omission constituted a
       breach of fiduciary  responsibility,  or  if  the  Trustee  fails to
       perform  any of the duties undertaken by it under the provisions  of
       this Plan,  or  if  the  Trustee fails to act in conformity with the
       directions of an authorized  representative  of  the Employer or the
       Investment Committee.

  (B)  Each  Participant  shall  by  such mechanism as may be  agreed  upon
       between the Trustee and Employer, direct that the contributions made
       to  his  or  her  accounts  for which  the  Participant  may  direct
       investments, as selected by the  Employer in the Adoption Agreement,
       be invested in one or more of the  Investment  Funds,  including the
       Employer Stock Fund, if applicable.  At the time an Employee becomes
       eligible for the Plan, he or she shall specify the percentage of his
       or her accounts (expressed in percentage increments as may be agreed
       to between the Employer and the Trustee) to be invested  pro-rata in
       each such Investment Fund.

  (C)  Upon  prior  written notice to the Trustee, or other form of  notice
       acceptable to  the  Trustee,  a Participant may change an investment
       direction with respect to future  contributions.  Through acceptable
       notice to the Trustee, the Participant  may elect to transfer all or
       a portion of such Participant's interest  in  each  Investment  Fund
       (based  on  the  value  of  such  interest  on  the  Valuation  Date
       immediately  preceding  such  election), including an Employer Stock
       Fund, if applicable, to any other  of  the Investment Funds selected
       by   the Employer so that the Participant's  interest  in  the  said
       Investment  Funds  immediately  after  the  transfer is allocated in
       percentage increments as may be agreed to by  the  Employer  and the
       Trustee.

       Notwithstanding  any  Participant's  election  to  change Investment
       Funds,  the  Trustee  may, in its discretion, delay satisfaction  of
       requests to change from a guaranteed investment contract fund for up
       to one year, or delay satisfaction  of  changes  in Investment Funds
       pending settlement of prior changes in Investment Funds.

  (D)  The  Employer  will  be responsible when transmitting  Employer  and
       Employee contributions  to  show the dollar amount to be credited to
       each Investment Fund for each Employee.

  (E)  Except as otherwise provided  in  the Plan, neither the Trustee, nor
       the Employer, nor any fiduciary of  the  Plan shall be liable to the
       Participant  or  any  of  his  or  her beneficiaries  for  any  loss
       resulting from action taken at the direction of the Participant.

  (F)  In a 401(k) profit sharing Plan where  the  Employer  has elected to
       invest  a  portion  or  all  of  the  Matching  Contributions and/or
       Employer  Contributions  in  the  Employer  Stock  Fund,   then  the
       following shall apply:

       If selected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant
       who is fifty-five (55) years of age or older and who is 100%  vested
       in  his  Matching  Contribution account and/or Employer Contribution
       account may elect to  have  the  Employer  Stock  (and  any earnings
       thereon) attributable to such Matching Contributions and/or Employer
       Contributions  diversified  in the other Investment Funds under  the
       Plan in accordance with the following  rules  and  limitations.  The
       amount  of  Employer Stock which may be diversified each  Plan  Year
       shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                THEN  THE  PERCENT  OF THE NUMBER OF
                                WHOLE SHARES (ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST
                                WHOLE   NUMBER)  CREDITED   TO   THE
                                PARTICIPANTS'    MATCHING    ACCOUNT
IF  THE  AGE  ATTAINED  BY  THE AND/OR EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT
PARTICIPANT                     ON  THE  LAST  DAY  OF THE PRECEDING
DURING THE PLAN YEAR IS:        PLAN  YEAR  WHICH MAY BE DIVERSIFIED
                                PURSUANT TO THE  RULES BELOW MAY NOT
                                EXCEED
<S>                             <C>
55                              25%
56                              25%
57                              30%
58                              40%
59                              50%
60                              60%
61                              70%
62                              80%
63                              90%
64                              100%
</TABLE>

       The election to diversify may only be made once each Plan Year.  The
       election  may  be  made  in  any  month  by  providing notice to the
       Committee in accordance with the frequency selected  by the Employer
       for other Investment Fund changes under the Plan.  Each  election to
       make   a  transfer  pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  specify  the
       Investment  Fund(s) into which the shares subject to diversification
       will be reinvested  so  that  the Participant's interest in the said
       Investment Fund(s), immediately  after the transfer, is allocated in
       increments  as  may  be  allowed by the  Trustee.   Thereafter,  the
       Participant's interest in  said  Investment Fund(s) shall be subject
       to transfer in accordance with this Section.

  (G)  Forfeitures arising under the Plan will be invested in an Investment
       Fund as may be selected in the discretion of the Employer.

  (H)  In  the  event  the  Trust  holds  life   insurance,  the  following
       restrictions shall apply:

       (1)  Limitations on Premium Payments

            (a)  If  ordinary  or  whole  life  insurance   contracts   are
                 purchased on the life of a Participant, less than one-half
                 of   the   insured  Participant's  current  allocation  of
                 contributions will be used to pay premiums attributable to
                 such  insurance.    Ordinary   or   whole  life  insurance
                 contracts are those with both nondecreasing  benefits  and
                 nonincreasing premiums.
            (b)  If   term   or  universal  life  insurance  contracts  are
                 purchased,  no   more  than  one-quarter  of  the  insured
                 Participant's current  allocation of contributions will be
                 used to pay premiums attributable to such insurance.
            (c)  If  a  combination of ordinary  or  whole  life  insurance
                 contracts  and  term or universal life insurance contracts
                 are purchased, the  sum  of  one-half of the ordinary life
                 insurance premiums and all other  life  insurance premiums
                 will  not  exceed  one-fourth  of  the aggregate  employer
                 contributions allocated to any participant.

       (2)  The Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee  to  convert the
            entire  value  of any life insurance contract at or before  the
            Participant's actual  retirement or distribution on termination
            of employment, but not  later  than  the Participant's Required
            Beginning  Date to provide cash values  or  retirement  annuity
            income, or,  subject  to  the Joint and Survivor Annuity waiver
            requirements of Section 7.10, the Plan Administrator may direct
            the Trustee to distribute the  insurance  contract  directly to
            the Participant.
       (3)  The Trustee, at the direction of the Employer shall be entitled
            to  exercise  all  rights and options with respect to any  such
            life insurance contracts held by the Plan.

10.8   REGISTRATION,  DISTRIBUTION   AND   VOTING  OF  EMPLOYER  STOCK  AND
       PROCEDURES REGARDING TENDER OFFERS.

  (A)  All voting rights on shares of Employer  Stock  held in the Employer
       Stock Fund shall be exercised by the Trustee only as directed by the
       Participants  acting  in  their capacity as "Named Fiduciaries"  (as
       defined in Section 402 of the  Act) in accordance with the following
       provisions of this Section 10.8(A):

       (1)  As  soon  as  practicable  before   each   annual   or  special
            shareholders'  meeting  of  the  Employer,  the  Trustee  shall
            furnish  to  each  Participant  sufficient  copies of the proxy
            solicitation material sent generally to shareholders,  together
            with  a  form  requesting confidential instructions on how  the
            shares  of  Employer  Stock  allocated  to  such  Participant's
            account, and,  separately, such shares of Employer Stock as may
            be  unallocated  ("Unallocated   Shares")   or   allocated   to
            Participant accounts but for which the Trustee does not receive
            timely  voting  instruction from the Participant ("Non-Directed
            Shares"), (including  fractional shares to 1/1000th of a share)
            are to be voted.  The direction  with  respect  to Non-Directed
            Shares  and  Unallocated Shares shall apply to such  number  of
            votes equal to  the  total number of votes attributable to Non-
            Directed  Shares  and  Unallocated   Shares   multiplied  by  a
            fraction,  the numerator of which is the number  of  shares  of
            Employer Stock  credited  to  the Participant's account and the
            denominator of which is the total  number of shares credited to
            the accounts of all such Participants  who have timely provided
            directions to the Trustee with respect to  Non-Directed  Shares
            and  Unallocated  Shares  under  this  Section 10.8(A)(1).  The
            Employer and the Committee will cooperate  with  the Trustee to
            ensure that Participants receive the requisite information in a
            timely  manner.   The  materials  furnished to the Participants
            shall include a notice from the Trustee  that  the Trustee will
            vote any shares for which timely instructions are  not received
            by the Trustee as may be directed by those voting Participants,
            acting  in their capacity as Named Fiduciaries of the  Plan  as
            provided  above.  Upon timely receipt of such instructions, the
            Trustee shall  vote the shares as instructed.  The instructions
            received by the  Trustee  from  Participants  or  Beneficiaries
            shall be held by the Trustee in strict confidence and shall not
            be  divulged  or  released  to  any person including directors,
            officers or employees of the Employer, or of any other company,
            except as otherwise required by law.

       (2)  With   respect   to   all   corporate  matters   submitted   to
            shareholders, all shares of Employer  Stock shall be voted only
            in accordance with the directions of such Participants as Named
            Fiduciaries  as  given to the Trustee as  provided  in  Section
            10.8(A)(1).  With respect to shares of Employer Stock allocated
            to the account of  a  deceased  Participant, such Participant's
            Beneficiary, as Named Fiduciary,  shall  be  entitled to direct
            the  voting  of shares of Employer Sock as if such  Beneficiary
            were the Participant.

  (B)  All tender or exchange decisions with respect to Employer Stock held
       in the Employer Stock  Fund  shall  be made only by the Participants
       acting in their capacity as Named Fiduciaries  with  respect  to the
       Employer  Stock  allocated  to their accounts in accordance with the
       following provisions of this Section 10.8(B):

       (1)  In  the  event  an  offer shall  be  received  by  the  Trustee
            (including a tender offer  for shares of Employer Stock subject
            to Section 14(d)(1) of the Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 or
            subject  to  Rule  13e-4 promulgated under that Act,  as  those
            provisions may from  time  to  time  be amended) to purchase or
            exchange any shares of Employer Stock  held  by  the Trust, the
            Trustee will advise each Participant who has shares of Employer
            Stock credited to such Participant's account in writing  of the
            terms   of   the   offer  as  soon  as  practicable  after  its
            commencement and will  furnish  each Participant with a form by
            which he may instruct the Trustee confidentially whether or not
            to tender or exchange shares allocated  to  such  Participant's
            account,  and,  separately, Unallocated Shares and Non-Directed
            Shares (including  fractional  shares  to 1/1000th of a share).
            The  directions  with  respect  to  Non-Directed   Shares   and
            Unallocated  Shares  shall apply to such number of Non-Directed
            Shares and Unallocated Shares equal to the total number of Non-
            Directed  Shares  and  Unallocated   Shares   multiplied  by  a
            fraction,  the numerator of which is the number  of  shares  of
            Employer Stock  credited  to  the Participant's account and the
            denominator of which is the total  number of shares credited to
            the accounts of all such Participants  who have timely provided
            directions to the Trustee with respect to  Non-Directed  Shares
            and   Unallocated  Shares  under  this  Section  10.8(B).   The
            materials  furnished  to  the  Participants shall include (i) a
            notice  from  the  Trustee that, except  as  provided  in  this
            Section 10.8(B), the  Trustee  will  not tender or exchange any
            shares for which timely instructions are  not  received  by the
            Trustee and (ii) such related documents as are prepared by  any
            person  and  provided  to  the  shareholders  of  the  Employer
            pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Committee
            and  the Trustee may also provide Participants with such  other
            material concerning the tender or exchange offer as the Trustee
            or  the   Committee   in   its   discretion  determines  to  be
            appropriate; provided, however, that  prior to any distribution
            of materials by the Committee, the Trustee  shall  be furnished
            with   sufficient  numbers  of  complete  copies  of  all  such
            materials.   The Employer and the Committee will cooperate with
            the Trustee to  ensure  that Participants receive the requisite
            information in a timely manner.

       (2)  The Trustee shall tender  or  not  tender  shares  or  exchange
            shares  of  Employer  Stock  (including  fractional  shares  to
            1/1000th  of  a  share) only as and to the extent instructed by
            the Participants as  Named  Fiduciaries  as provided in Section
            10.8(B)(1).  With respect to shares of Employer Stock allocated
            to  the account of a deceased Participant,  such  Participant's
            Beneficiary,  as a Named Fiduciary, shall be entitled to direct
            the Trustee whether or not to tender or exchange such shares as
            if  such  Beneficiary  were  the  Participant.   If  tender  or
            exchange instructions for shares of Employer Stock allocated to
            the account  of  any Participant are not timely received by the
            Trustee, the Trustee  will treat the non-receipt as a direction
            not  to  tender  or exchange  such  shares.   The  instructions
            received  by the Trustee  from  Participants  or  Beneficiaries
            shall be held by the Trustee in strict confidence and shall not
            be divulged  or  released  to  any person, including directors,
            officers or employees of the Employer, or of any other company,
            except as otherwise required by law.

       (3)  In the event, under the terms of  a  tender offer or otherwise,
            any shares of Employer Stock tendered  for  sale,  exchange  or
            transfer  pursuant  to  such  offer  may be withdrawn from such
            offer,  the  Trustee shall follow such instructions  respecting
            the withdrawal  of  such securities from such offer in the same
            manner and the same proportion  as  shall be timely received by
            the  Trustee  from  the  Participants,  as  Named  Fiduciaries,
            entitled under this Section 10.8(B) to give  instructions as to
            the sale, exchange or transfer of securities pursuant  to  such
            offer.

       (4)  In  the  event  an  offer  shall be received by the Trustee and
            instructions shall be solicited  from  Participants pursuant to
            Section  10.8(B)(1-3)  regarding  such  offer,   and  prior  to
            termination  of  such offer, another offer is received  by  the
            Trustee for the securities  subject  to  the  first  offer, the
            Trustee  shall use its best efforts under the circumstances  to
            solicit instructions  from  the Participants to the Trustee (i)
            with  respect  to securities tendered  for  sale,  exchange  or
            transfer pursuant  to the first offer, whether to withdraw such
            tender, if possible,  and,  if withdrawn, whether to tender any
            securities so withdrawn for sale, exchange or transfer pursuant
            to the second offer and (ii)  with  respect  to  securities not
            tendered for sale, exchange or transfer pursuant to  the  first
            offer,  whether  to tender or not to tender such securities for
            sale, exchange or  transfer  pursuant to the second offer.  The
            Trustee shall follow all such instructions received in a timely
            manner from Participants in the  same  manner  and  in the same
            proportion  as provided in Section 10.8(B)(1-3).  With  respect
            to any further  offer  for  any  Employer Stock received by the
            Trustee and subject to any earlier  offer (including successive
            offers from one or more existing offerors),  the  Trustee shall
            act in the same manner as described above.

       (5)  A  Participant's  instructions  to  the  Trustee  to tender  or
            exchange  shares  of  Employer  Stock  will  not  be  deemed  a
            withdrawal or suspension from the Plan or a forfeiture  of  any
            portion  of  the  Participant's  interest  in  the Plan.  Funds
            received  in exchange for tendered shares will be  credited  to
            the account  of  the Participant whose shares were tendered and
            will be used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock, as soon
            as practicable.  In  the  interim, the Trustee will invest such
            funds in short-term investments  permitted  under the Plan, and
            in the same manner in which forfeited amounts are invested.

       (6)  In the event the Employer initiates a tender or exchange offer,
            the  Trustee  may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  enter  into  an
            agreement  with  the  Employer  not  to tender or exchange  any
            shares of Employer Stock in such offer,  in  which  event,  the
            foregoing  provisions  of  this  Section  10.8(B) shall have no
            effect  with  respect to such offer and the Trustee  shall  not
            tender or exchange any shares of Employer Stock in such offer.

  (C)  The Trustee acting with  respect to the Employer Stock Fund may with
       the consent of the Committee designate any Employee or other Trustee
       as  agent  to  solicit the instructions  to  vote  provided  for  in
       Subsection (A) of  this  Section,  and  shall  be  held  harmless in
       relying upon such agent's written advice as to how shares  are to be
       voted,  and  said  Trustee  may,  with the consent of the Committee,
       designate  any  Employee  as  agent  to  solicit  instructions  from
       Participants  regarding  such  a  tender offer,  as  required  under
       Subsection (B) above, and shall be  held  harmless  in  relying upon
       such  agent's written advice as to whether shares of Employer  Stock
       are to be tendered.

  (D)  The Employer  shall  be  responsible  for  complying with applicable
       federal and state securities laws and regulations.

10.9   VALUATION OF INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS.

  (A)  As  of  each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall  determine  the  fair
       market value  of  each  Investment Fund, including an Employer Stock
       Fund, if any, being administered  by  the  Trustee.  With respect to
       each  such  Investment  Fund, the Trustee shall  determine  (a)  the
       change in value between the current Valuation Date and the then last
       preceding Valuation Date,  (b)  the  net gain or loss resulting from
       expenses paid (including fees and expenses,  if any, which are to be
       charged  to  such  Fund) and (c) realized and unrealized  gains  and
       losses.

       The transfer of funds  to  or  from  an  Investment Fund pursuant to
       Section 10.7(C) and payments, distributions  and withdrawals from an
       Investment Fund to provide benefits under the  Plan for Participants
       or Beneficiaries shall not be deemed to be gains, expenses or losses
       of an Investment Fund.

       After each Valuation Date, the Trustee shall allocate  the  net gain
       or  loss  of  each Investment Fund as of such Valuation Date to  the
       accounts of Participants  participating  in  such Investment Fund on
       such  Valuation  Date.   Contributions,  forfeitures  and  rollovers
       received and credited to Participants' accounts as of such Valuation
       Date, or as of any earlier date since the  last  preceding Valuation
       Date shall not be considered in allocating gains or losses allocated
       to Participants' accounts.

  (B)  The reasonable and equitable decision of the Trustee as to the value
       of each Investment Fund, including an Employer Stock  Fund,  if any,
       and of any account as of each Valuation Date shall be conclusive and
       binding upon all persons having any interest, direct or indirect, in
       the Investment Funds or in any account.

                                ARTICLE XI
                              ADMINISTRATION

11.1   COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP.  The Employer shall appoint a Committee  which
       shall  consist  of at least one member.  The  Committee members will
       be named in the Adoption  Agreement and may be, but are not required
       to be, Employees of the Employer.   All  members  of  the  Committee
       shall serve at the pleasure of the Employer.  In the event that  the
       Committee  has  more  than  one  member,  one  member shall serve as
       Chairman  and  one  as Secretary.  Any member of the  Committee  may
       resign by notice in writing  to  the  Employer.   Any vacancy in the
       Committee  shall  be  filled by the Employer as soon as  practicable
       after a vacancy.  If the  Employer  does  not designate a Committee,
       the Employer shall assume all of the duties of the Committee.

11.2   POWERS AND DUTIES OF COMMITTEE.  The Committee shall have all powers
       and  duties  and  only  the  powers and duties as  are  specifically
       conferred upon it by this Plan or as the Employer may delegate to or
       impose upon it consistent with  the  provisions  of this Plan, ERISA
       and the Code.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
       Committee shall have the following powers and duties:

  (A)  to interpret and construe the terms and provisions  of this Plan and
       to decide any questions which may arise hereunder, including but not
       limited to --

       (1)  the amount of a Participant's Compensation,

       (2)  a Participant's Years of Service,

       (3)  the  age  of  any  person  who  might  be  entitled  to receive
            benefits,

       (4)  the right of any person to receive benefits,

       (5)  the amount of any benefits to be paid to any persons;

  (B)  to  cause to be maintained all necessary records and accounts  under
       this  Plan  and  to  keep  in  convenient  form  any  data as may be
       necessary for valuation of the assets and liabilities;

  (C)  to  rely  upon  the records of the Employer or upon any certificate,
       statement or other  representation  made  to  it by a Participant, a
       Beneficiary,  the  authorized representative of the  Participant  or
       Beneficiary, or the  Trustee  concerning  any  fact  required  to be
       determined  under  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Plan, and the
       Committee  shall not be required to make inquiry into the  propriety
       of any action by the Employer or the Trustee;

  (D)  to give written  notice  to  a  Participant,  a  Beneficiary, or the
       authorized representative of the Participant or Beneficiary,  of the
       amount of benefits payable under this Plan;

  (E)  to  make and enforce any rules, not inconsistent with this Plan,  as
       it shall  deem  necessary or proper for the efficient administration
       of this Plan;

  (F)  to have and exercise  such  other authority as it deems necessary to
       carry out the purposes and provisions  of  this  Plan, provided that
       any  act  of discretion permitted shall be exercised  in  a  uniform
       non-discriminatory  manner  with  respect  to individuals in like or
       similar circumstances;

  (G)  to adopt rules and guidelines for the administration  of  this Plan,
       provided that they are not inconsistent with the terms of this  Plan
       and  are  uniformly applicable to all persons similarly situated and
       to delegate  in  accordance  with  Section  11.8  such functions and
       duties as the Committee deems advisable;

  (H)  to  establish a funding policy and investment objectives  consistent
       with the purposes of the Plan and the requirements of law;

  (I)  to employ  such  attorneys,  accountants  and  agents  as  it  shall
       determine to assist it in carrying out its duties hereunder.

       Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Plan or determined by the
       Employer, any action or determination taken or made by the Committee
       or any interpretation or construction made by the Committee shall be
       final and shall be binding upon all persons.  The Committee shall at
       all times exercise the power and authority given  to  it  under this
       Plan in a fair, reasonable and non-discriminatory manner.

11.3   ACTIONS  OF  THE  COMMITTEE.   Any act authorized or required to  be
       taken by the Committee shall be  taken by a decision of the majority
       of the members acting at the time.   Any  decision  of the Committee
       may  be  expressed by a vote at a Committee meeting or  in  writing,
       signed by  all  members  of  the  Committee, without a meeting.  All
       allocation statements, notices, directions,  approvals, instructions
       and all other communications required or authorized  to  be given by
       the  Committee under this Plan shall be in writing and signed  by  a
       majority  of  the  members  of  the  Committee.   The Committee may,
       however, by an instrument in writing signed by all  the members  and
       filed  with  the  Trustee, designate one or more if its  members  as
       having the authority  to  sign  all such communications on behalf of
       the  Committee.  Until notified in  writing  to  the  contrary,  the
       Trustee  shall  be  fully protected in acting in accordance with all
       communications which it considers genuine and to have been signed on
       behalf  of  the  Committee   by   the  members  authorized  to  sign
       communications.  If at any time for  any  reason the Committee shall
       be unable to act with respect to any matter,  the Employer shall act
       with respect to that matter and its action shall  be  final  and  it
       shall be binding upon all persons.

11.4   RESIGNATION,  REMOVAL  AND DESIGNATION OF SUCCESSORS.  Any member of
       the Committee may resign  at  any time and any member may be removed
       by the Employer with or without  cause.   In  case  of  resignation,
       death,  removal or inability or failure for any cause of any  member
       of the Committee to serve or to continue to serve, a successor shall
       be appointed  by  the Employer.  The Committee shall promptly notify
       the Trustee of any change in its membership.

11.5   COMMITTEE REVIEW.  If any Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or other
       authorized representative  of  a  Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary
       shall file an application with the  Committee for benefits under the
       Plan  and  the application is denied, in  whole  or  in  part,  such
       applicant shall  be  notified of the denial in writing within ninety
       (90) days of receipt of  the  claim.   The  notice  to the applicant
       shall  state that the Committee has denied the application  pursuant
       to the exercise  of its discretionary powers.  This notice shall set
       forth the specific  reasons  for  the  denial, specific reference to
       pertinent  Plan  provisions  upon  which  the  denial  is  based,  a
       description  of  any additional information needed  to  perfect  the
       claim with an explanation  of why it is necessary and an explanation
       of procedure for appeal.

  Any Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary,  or other authorized representative
  of the Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary  whose application for benefits
  has  been  denied  may,  within  sixty  (60)  days  after  receiving  the
  notification, make a written application to the  Committee  to review the
  denial.   The  applicant  may request that the review be made by  written
  statements submitted by the applicant and the Committee, at a hearing, or
  by both.  Any hearing shall  be  held in the main offices of the Employer
  on a date and time as the Employer  shall  designate  with at least seven
  (7)  days  notice  to the applicant unless the applicant accepts  shorter
  notice.  Within sixty  (60) days after the review has been completed, the
  Employer shall render a  written  decision  and  shall send a copy to the
  applicant.   This  decision  shall  include  specific  reasons   for  the
  decision, as well as specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions
  upon which the decision is based.

  If   the   Participant,   Spouse,   Beneficiary,   or   other  authorized
  representative  of  a  Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary does  not  file
  written notice with the  Employer  at  the  times  set  forth  above, the
  individual shall have waived all benefits under this Plan other  than  as
  set forth in the notice from the Committee.

11.6   RECORDS.   The  Committee  shall keep or cause to be kept records of
       all meetings, proceedings and  actions held, undertaken or performed
       by it and shall furnish to the Employer  reports as the Employer may
       request.

11.7   COMPENSATION.   The  members of the Committee  shall  serve  without
       compensation for services  as such, but all reasonably incurred fees
       and expenses shall be paid by the Employer.

11.8   DESIGNATION OF NAMED FIDUCIARIES  AND  ALLOCATION  OF RESPONSIBILITY
       AMONG  FIDUCIARIES.   The  Employer, the Committee and  the  Trustee
       shall be "Named Fiduciaries"  with respect to this Plan as that term
       is defined in ERISA.  The Named  Fiduciaries  shall  have only those
       specific  powers,  duties, responsibilities and obligations  as  are
       given to them under  this Plan.  The Named Fiduciaries may designate
       any person or persons as a fiduciary and may delegate to such person
       or persons any one or  more  of  their powers, functions, duties and
       responsibilities with respect to the Plan as set forth in this Plan,
       authorizing or providing for such  direction, information or action.
       Any  such  designation shall be made in  writing  and  shall  become
       effective  upon   written   acceptance.    No  such  designation  or
       delegation by the Employer or the Committee  of  any  of its powers,
       authority or responsibilities to the Trustee shall become  effective
       unless such designation or delegation shall first be accepted by the
       Trustee  in a writing signed by it and delivered to the Employer  or
       the Committee, as applicable.  Furthermore, each Named Fiduciary may
       rely upon any such direction, information or action of another Named
       Fiduciary  as  being  proper  under this Plan and is not required to
       inquire into the propriety of any  such  direction,  information  or
       action.   It  is  intended that under this Plan each Named Fiduciary
       shall be responsible  for  the  proper  exercise  of its own powers,
       duties,   responsibilities   and  obligations  and  shall   not   be
       responsible for act or failure to act of another fiduciary.

11.9   NOTICE BY COMMITTEE OR EMPLOYER.  Any communication or notice to any
       person by the Committee or the  Employer shall be in writing and may
       be given by delivery to the person  or  by   first  class  mail with
       postage prepaid addressed to the person at the last address  on file
       with  the  Committee  or  the  Employer.   Any  notice  delivered as
       provided  above  shall  be deemed to have been given when delivered,
       and any notice mailed as provided above shall be deemed to have been
       given when mailed.

11.10  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.

  (A)  (1)  In accordance with Section  11.8 above, the Committee is hereby
            designated  as  the named fiduciary  with  sole  authority  and
            responsibility to approve or deny loans and, except as provided
            in subsections (G)  and  (H)  of  this  Section, collect unpaid
            loans, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.10.
            This Section 11.10 shall apply if the Employer  is  eligible to
            and elects Item B(16) of the Adoption Agreement.

       (2)  Subject to the consent of the Committee, loans may be made upon
            approval  of  the  written  application  of  a  Participant  or
            Beneficiary submitted to the Committee.  Such application shall
            be  submitted  during  a  specified period established  by  the
            Committee prior to the date  the  loan  is  to  be  made.   The
            Committee  shall  notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether
            the loan has been approved  or  denied.   Loans  shall  be made
            available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably
            equivalent  basis,  except  that  no  loans will be made to any
            Stockholder-Employee or Owner-Employee  and  no  loan  shall be
            made to any Participant which the Committee, upon reviewing the
            Participant's  written application determines may be reasonably
            expected to be unable  to  repay  the loan.  Loans shall not be
            made available to Highly Compensated  Employees  (as defined in
            Section  414(q)  of  the  Code)  in an amount greater than  the
            amount  made available to other Employees.   Except  for  loans
            made prior  to  the date this Plan is adopted, a Participant or
            Beneficiary shall  have  no more than five loans outstanding at
            any given time.

       (3)  All loans will be adequately secured and will bear a reasonable
            rate of interest.  Rates of  interest  will be determined daily
            by  the Trustee for Plan loans.  The Committee  will  determine
            the minimum loan amount for the Plan.

  (B)  In reviewing  and  approving or denying loan applications hereunder,
       the Committee shall bear sole responsibility for ensuring compliance
       with all applicable federal or state laws and regulations, including
       the federal Truth In  Lending Act (15 U.S.C. <section>1601 et seq.),
       and Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15  U.S.C. <section>1691 et seq.).
       The Committee shall upon  request  supply  the Trustee with evidence
       that it has complied with such federal or state law.

  (C)  Notwithstanding Section 7.13 above, each loan  made  hereunder shall
       be  secured by a written assignment, in favor of the Plan,  of  that
       portion of the Participant's accounts which the Committee determines
       to be necessary to adequately secure repayment of the loan.

  (D)  A Participant  must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse, if any,
       to use the account  balance  as  security  for  the  loan.   Spousal
       consent  shall  be  obtained  no  earlier  than the beginning of the
       ninety (90) day period that ends on the date  the  loan  is to be so
       secured.  The consent must be in writing and must be witnessed  by a
       Plan representative or Notary Public.  Such consent shall thereafter
       be  binding  with respect to the consenting spouse or any subsequent
       spouse with respect  to  that loan.  A new consent shall be required
       if  the  account  balance  is  used  for  renegotiation,  extension,
       renewal, or other revision of the loan.

       Notwithstanding  the preceding  paragraph,  no  spousal  consent  is
       required for the use  of  the account balance as security for a Plan
       loan to the Participant under  a  safe-harbor profit sharing Plan as
       described in Section 7.10(F).

  (E)  No loan shall be approved by the Committee  to  any  Participant  or
       Beneficiary in any amount which exceeds the lesser of

       (1)  $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of -

            (a)  the  highest  outstanding  balance of loans from  the Plan
                 during the one-year period ending  on   the day before the
                 date on which such loan  was made, over,

            (b)  the  outstanding balance of loans from the   Plan  on  the
                 date on which such loan was made,  or

       (2)  fifty percent  (50%)  of the present value of the Participant's
            nonforfeitable accrued benefit.

            For purposes of the above  limitation, all loans from all plans
            of  the Employer and other members  of  a  group  of  employers
            described  in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) of the Code are
            aggregated.

            The term of  the  loan  shall  be  determined by the Committee.
            Furthermore,  any  loan  shall,  by  its   terms  require  that
            repayment  (principal  and  interest)  be  amortized  in  level
            payments, not less frequently than quarterly  over a period not
            extending beyond five years from the date of the  loan,  except
            that  the  Committee, in its discretion, may permit a repayment
            period in excess  of five years for loans made to a Participant
            or Beneficiary used  to acquire a dwelling unit which, within a
            reasonable time (determined  at the time the loan is made) will
            be used as a principal residence of the borrower.

            An assignment or pledge of any  portion  of  the  participant's
            interest  in  the  Plan  will  be treated as a loan under  this
            paragraph.

  (F)  Each  loan  hereunder  shall be made pro  rata  from  the  borrowing
       Participant's  available   accounts   and  Investment  Funds.   Loan
       repayments  shall generally be made via  payroll  deduction,  except
       that the repayment  of  outstanding  principal  at  maturity, in the
       event the loan is called, or in the event the Participant chooses to
       prepay the loan shall be made in such manner as the Committee  shall
       determine.   Loan  repayments and interest thereon shall be credited
       to the Investment Funds  and  accounts  in  accordance  with current
       elections.  No loan shall be considered a general investment  of the
       Trust  Fund.   Each  loan shall be evidenced by a written agreement,
       evidencing the Participant's obligation to repay the borrowed amount
       to the Plan, in such form  and  with such provisions consistent with
       this  Section  11.10 as is acceptable  to  the  Trustee.   All  loan
       agreements shall be deposited with the Trustee.

  (G)  In the event a Participant does not repay the principal of such loan
       or interest thereon  at  such  times as are required by the terms of
       the loan or if the Participant ceases  to  be an Employee while such
       Participant  has  a loan made hereunder which  is  outstanding,  the
       Committee, in its discretion,  may  direct  the Trustee to take such
       action as the Committee may reasonably determine, including:

       (1)  demand repayment of the loan and, subject  to  Section 10.4(K),
            institute  legal  action  against  the  Participant to  enforce
            collection of any balance due from the Participant, or

       (2)  demand repayment of the loan, and charge  the  total  amount of
            the  unpaid  loan  and  unpaid  interest  against  the  balance
            credited to the Participant's vested account balance which  was
            assigned  as  security  for  the loan and reduce any payment or
            distribution from the Trust Fund  to  which  the Participant or
            the   Participant's  Beneficiary  may  become entitled  to  the
            extent necessary to discharge the obligation on the loan.

            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph (G),
            in the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment
            of security will not occur until a distributable  event  occurs
            in the Plan.

  (H)  In the event the Committee fails or refuses for any reason to direct
       the  Trustee  as  provided  in Paragraph (G) above or if the Trustee
       otherwise reasonably concludes  that  the  collectibility  of a loan
       hereunder  is  in  jeopardy, the Trustee is authorized to take  such
       action  as it may reasonably  determine  to  enforce  repayment  and
       satisfaction  of  the  loan.   The Employer shall be responsible for
       costs and expenses incurred in collecting any loan balance.

  (I)  In the event that the amount of any payment or distribution from the
       Trust Fund is insufficient to repay the balance due on any loan, the
       Participant shall be liable for  and  continue to make repayments on
       such balance.

  (J)  If  a  valid spousal consent has been obtained  in  accordance  with
       Paragraph  (D),  then,  notwithstanding  any other provision of this
       Plan, the portion of the Participant's vested  account  balance used
       as  a  security  interest  held  by  the  Plan  by  reason of a loan
       outstanding  to  the  Participant  shall  be taken into account  for
       purposes of determining the amount of the account balance payable at
       the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used
       as repayment of the loan.  If less than 100%  of  the  Participant's
       vested  account balance (determined without regard to the  preceding
       sentence)  is  payable  to  the  surviving  Spouse, then the account
       balance  shall  be  adjusted  by first reducing the  vested  account
       balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan,
       and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving Spouse.

                                ARTICLE XII
               FAILURE TO ATTAIN OR RETAIN QUALIFIED STATUS

12.1   FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A PROTOTYPE.   This  Plan  is established with
       the intent that it shall qualify under Section 401  of  the Code and
       that  it  shall  comply  with  ERISA and all other applicable  laws,
       regulations  and  rulings.   It  may   be   modified   and   amended
       retroactively,  if  necessary,  to secure such qualification. Should
       the  Internal Revenue Service determine  that  this  Plan  does  not
       qualify under the Code or any statute of similar import, or fails or
       refuses  to  issue  an  opinion, and if  the Plan is not amended, as
       required to qualify, before the time allowed by law for the Employer
       to file its corporate federal  tax  return  for  the taxable year in
       which the Effective Date occurs, the Plan shall be  considered to be
       rescinded  and  of no force and effect.  Any assets attributable  to
       contributions made by the Employer shall be returned to the Employer
       by the Trustee as  soon  as administratively feasible.  The Employer
       shall  refund  to the Participant  any  contributions  made  by  the
       Participant to the Plan.

12.2   FAILURE OF EMPLOYER  TO  ATTAIN  OR  RETAIN  QUALIFICATION.   If the
       Employer's  Plan  fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan
       will no longer participate  in  this  prototype  Plan  and  will  be
       considered an individually designed Plan.

                               ARTICLE XIII
                               MISCELLANEOUS

13.1   EMPLOYER ACTION.  Except as may be specifically provided herein, any
       action  required  or  permitted  to  be taken by the Employer may be
       taken on behalf of the Employer by any officer of the Employer.

13.2   NO GUARANTEE OF INTERESTS.  Neither the  Trustee,  the  Employer nor
       any other named fiduciary in any way guarantees the Trust  Fund from
       loss  or  depreciation,  nor  do  they  guarantee any payment to any
       person.   The liability of the Trustee, the  Employer  and  a  named
       fiduciary to make any payments hereunder is limited to the available
       assets of the Trust Fund.

13.3   EMPLOYMENT  RIGHTS.   The  Plan  is  not  a  contract of employment.
       Participation in the Plan will not give any Participant the right to
       be retained in the Employer's employ, nor any  right or claim to any
       benefit under the Plan, unless the right or claim  has  specifically
       accrued under the Plan.

13.4   INTERPRETATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS.  To the extent permitted by law, an
       interpretation  of  the  Plan and a decision on any matter within  a
       named fiduciary's discretion  made  in  good faith is binding on all
       persons.  A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected
       when  it becomes known and the person responsible  shall  make  such
       adjustment  on  account thereof as he or she considers equitable and
       practicable.

13.5   UNIFORM RULES.  In  the  administration  of  the Plan, uniform rules
       will be applied to all Participants similarly situated.

13.6   EVIDENCE.   Evidence required of anyone under the  Plan  may  be  by
       certificate,  affidavit,  document  or  other  information which the
       person  acting  on it considers pertinent and reliable  and  signed,
       made or presented by the proper party or parties.

13.7   WAIVER OF NOTICE.   Any notice required under the Plan may be waived
       by the person entitled to notice.

13.8   CONTROLLING LAW.  The  law of the state where the Trustee is located
       shall be the controlling  state  law  in all matters relating to the
       Plan and shall apply to the extent that  it  is not preempted by the
       laws of the United States of America.

13.9   TAX EXEMPTION OF TRUST.  The trust herein created  is  designated as
       constituting  a  part  of a Plan intended to qualify under  Sections
       401(a) of the Code and to  be tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the
       Code.

13.10  COUNTERPARTS.  The Plan may be executed in two or more counterparts,
       any  one  of which will be an  original  without  reference  to  the
       others.

13.11  ANNUAL STATEMENT  OF  ACCOUNT.  The assets of the Trust Fund will be
       valued annually at fair market as of the last day of each Plan Year.
       On such date the earning  and  losses  of  the  Trust  Fund  will be
       allocated  to  each  Participant's  accounts  in the ratio that such
       account  balance bears to all account balances.   The  Trustee  will
       deliver to  the  Employer  a statement of each Participant's account
       balances as of the last day of Plan Year.

13.12  NO DUTY TO INQUIRE.  No person  shall  have  any  duty  to  make any
       inquiry as to the application or use of the Trust Fund, or any  part
       thereof, or to inquire into the validity, expediency or propriety of
       any matter or thing done or proposed to be done by the Trustee.

13.13  INVALIDITY.   In  case any provisions of this Plan shall be invalid,
       this fact shall not affect the validity of any other provision.

13.14  TITLES.  Titles to  Articles  and  Sections are for convenience only
       and shall have no bearing upon the construction or interpretation of
       this Plan.

13.15  NO DUTY OF TRUSTEE TO COLLECT CONTRIBUTIONS.   The  Trustee shall be
       accountable for all contributions received but shall have no duty to
       require  any  contributions to be delivered or to determine  if  the
       contributions received  comply  with  the  Plan or with any Board of
       Directors resolution of the Employer providing for contributions.

13.16  TRUSTEE DISTRIBUTES BY COMMITTEE DIRECTION.   The Trustee shall make
       distributions only through Committee direction.   The  Trustee shall
       have  no responsibility to see how distributions are applied  or  to
       ascertain  whether  the Committee's directions comply with the Plan.
       Notwithstanding anything  in the Plan to the contrary, payments made
       in accordance with these provisions  will  continue  only so long as
       amounts remain in the Participant's accounts.

                                ARTICLE XIV
                         AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

14.1   AMENDMENT  BY  THE  SPONSOR.  Society National Bank, the  sponsoring
       organization, reserves  the  right  without being required to obtain
       the approval of the Employer to amend any part of the Plan from time
       to time, subject to the provisions of  Article XII, Section 14.2 and
       the following:

  (A)  Except as provided in Section 14.1(B) and  (C),  no  amendment shall
       become  effective  until  at  least thirty (30) days' prior  written
       notice (unless the Employer agrees to shorter notice) has been given
       to the Employer, nor shall any  such  amendment reduce Participants'
       benefits to less than the benefits to which  they  would  have  been
       entitled if they had resigned from the employ of the Employer on the
       effective date of the amendment;

  (B)  An amendment of the Plan and Trust which the sponsor deems necessary
       to  enable  the  Plan  and Trust to meet the requirements of Section
       401(a) of the Code may be made effective as of the date the Plan and
       Trust was established by the sponsor or as of any subsequent date;

  (C)  An amendment of the Plan  and Trust to conform the Plan and Trust to
       any change in the law, regulations  or  rulings of the United States
       may  take effect as of the date such amendment  is  required  to  be
       effective.   Any  amendment  executed  pursuant to the provisions of
       this Section 14.1 shall be executed by an  authorized officer of the
       sponsor, or its successor.  For purposes of  this  Section 14.1, the
       Employer  shall  be  deemed  to  have been furnished a copy  of  any
       amendment on the business day next  following  the  mailing  by  the
       sponsor or the Trustee.

14.2   AMENDMENT  BY  ADOPTING  EMPLOYER.   The Employer may (1) change the
       choice  of options in the Adoption Agreement,  (2)  add   overriding
       language  in  the Adoption Agreement when such language is necessary
       to satisfy Section  415  or  Section  416 of the Code because of the
       required aggregation of multiple plans,  and  (3)  add certain model
       amendments   published   by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service   which
       specifically provide that  their adoption will not cause the Plan to
       be treated as individually designed.   An  Employer  that amends the
       Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding
       requirement  under  Section  412(d)  of  the  Code,  will no  longer
       participate in this Master or Prototype Plan and will  be considered
       to have an individually designed Plan.

14.3   VESTING - PLAN TERMINATION.  In the event of termination  or partial
       termination  of  the  Plan,  the  account  balance  of each affected
       Participant will be nonforfeitable.

14.4   VESTING - COMPLETE DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  In the event of
       a  complete  discontinuance  of  contributions under the  Plan,  the
       account balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.

14.5   PLAN MERGER - MAINTENANCE OF BENEFIT.   In  the event of a merger or
       consolidation with, or transfer of assets to  any  other  Plan, each
       Participant  will  receive  a  benefit immediately after the merger,
       consolidation or transfer (if the  Plan then terminated) which is at
       least  equal  to  the  benefit  the  Participant   was  entitled  to
       immediately  before such merger, consolidation or transfer  (if  the
       Plan had then terminated).

14.6   DIRECT TRANSFER.   In  its  discretion,  the  Trustee may accept the
       direct transfer of Plan assets from the trustee  of other retirement
       plans  described  in  Code Section 401(a).  If the Plan  receives  a
       direct  transfer  of  elective  deferrals  (or  amounts  treated  as
       elective  deferrals)  under  a  Plan  with  a  Code  Section  401(k)
       arrangement,  the  distribution   restrictions   of   Code  Sections
       401(k)(2)  and (10) continue to apply to those transferred  elective
       deferrals.

14.7   TERMINATION  OF  PARTICIPATION BY EMPLOYER.  The Employer expects to
       continue its participation  in  this  Plan indefinitely but reserves
       the right to terminate this Plan as to  its Employees at any time by
       written instrument filed with the Trustee.   In  the  event  of such
       termination,  partial  termination  or  complete  discontinuance  of
       contributions,  or  termination  as  provided  in  Section 13.3, the
       account balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.
       Distribution to Participants who have theretofore become entitled to
       the payment of any benefits hereunder or to Spouses or Beneficiaries
       of deceased Participants shall be made in the same manner  as if the
       Employer's participation had not terminated or contributions had not
       been discontinued.

  The account(s) of each such Participant, in the event of payment in other
  than  a single sum, need not be converted into cash, but may continue  to
  remain   in  the  trust,  with  a  right  and  obligation  thereafter  to
  participate in the net earnings, losses, taxes and expenses of the trust.

  If any Participant  shall  die  after  the  termination of the Employer's
  participation  and  before all of said Participant's  interest  has  been
  paid,  then,  upon  the   written   direction  of  Employer,  the  entire
  undistributed portion shall be paid in  a single sum to the Participant's
  Beneficiary.

  In the event of complete discontinuance of  contributions,  the  Employer
  shall  terminate  this  Plan  as  to its Employees and each Participant's
  interest shall be distributed to such Participant.

14.8   NOTICE  OF  AMENDMENT,  TERMINATION  OR  PARTIAL  TERMINATION.   The
       Committee  will  notify  affected   Participants  of  an  amendment,
       termination or partial termination of  the  Plan within a reasonable
       time.

14.9   SUBSTITUTION OF TRUSTEE.  Any corporation or  association into which
       the  Trustee  may  be  converted,  merged or with which  it  may  be
       consolidated, or any corporation or  association  resulting from any
       conversion,  merger, reorganization or consolidation  to  which  the
       Trustee may be  a  party,  shall  be  the  successor  of the Trustee
       hereunder without the execution or filing of any instrument  or  the
       performance of any further act.

                                ARTICLE XV
                    DISCHARGE OF DUTIES BY FIDUCIARIES

15.1   DISCHARGE  OF  DUTIES.  Subject to the provisions of Articles IX and
       X, the Named Fiduciaries  and  any  other  fiduciary shall discharge
       their respective duties set forth in the Plan solely in the interest
       of the Participants and their Spouses and Beneficiaries and:

  (A)  for the exclusive purpose of:

       (1)  providing  benefits  to  Participants  and  their  Spouses  and
            Beneficiaries; and

       (2)  defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

  (B)  with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances
       then prevailing that a prudent person acting  in a like capacity and
       familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise
       of a like character and with like aims; and

  (C)  by diversifying the investments of the Plan so  as  to  minimize the
       risk  of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is  clearly
       prudent not to do so.

                                ARTICLE XVI
                AMENDMENT AND CONTINUATION OF ORIGINAL PLAN

16.1   AMENDMENT  AND  CONTINUATION.   Notwithstanding any of the foregoing
       provisions  of  the  Plan to the contrary,  an  Employer  which  has
       previously established  a  profit  sharing  Plan  and trust or money
       purchase  pension  Plan  and  trust,  as applicable, (the  "Original
       Plan") may, in accordance with the provisions  of the Original Plan,
       amend and continue that Plan in the form of this  Plan and Trust and
       become an Employer hereunder, subject to the following:

  (A)  Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan,  each  person
       who  is  a Participant or former Participant under the Original Plan
       immediately  prior  to  the  Effective  Date  of  the  amendment and
       continuation  thereof  in the form of this Plan will continue  as  a
       Participant under this Plan;

  (B)  The words "Original Plan"  shall  be substituted for the word "Plan"
       where the word appears in Section 2.2 of the Plan;

  (C)  No election may be made in the Adoption  Agreement  if such election
       will reduce the benefits of a Participant under the Original Plan to
       less  than the benefits to which he would have been entitled  if  he
       had resigned  from  the  employ  of  the Employer on the date of the
       amendment and continuation of the Original  Plan in the form of this
       Plan;

  (D)  The  amounts,  if  any,  credited  to  a  Participant's   or  former
       Participant's accounts, immediately prior to the Effective  Date  of
       the  amendment  and continuation of the Original Plan in the form of
       this Plan shall constitute  the  opening  balances  in  his  or  her
       accounts, as appropriate, under this Plan and Trust;

  (E)  Amounts  being  paid  to  a  former  Participant  or  Beneficiary in
       accordance  with the provisions of the Original Plan shall  continue
       to be paid in accordance with such provisions; and

  (F)  Any Beneficiary  designation  in  effect  under  the  Original  Plan
       immediately  before  its  amendment  and continuation in the form of
       this  Plan  shall  be deemed to be a valid  Beneficiary  designation
       filed with the Employer  under  Section  7.7  of  this  Plan, to the
       extent consistent with the provisions of this Plan, unless and until
       the  Participant  or  former  Participant  revokes  such Beneficiary
       designation or makes a new Beneficiary designation under this Plan.

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Society National Bank has established  this prototype
  Plan as of the 24th day of March, 1995.

  SOCIETY NATIONAL BANK


     By:        /S/ EDWARD J. TOGNETTI

     Title:  SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL


                                                       EXHIBIT 23

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We  hereby  consent to the incorporation by reference in this  Registration
Statement on  Form S-8 of our report dated February 25, 1998, which appears
on page 37 of Priority  Healthcare Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1997.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
December 28, 1998



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission